Value and momentum: the tortoise and the hare

IMG_5103

Chances are that you remember Aesop’s ancient fable about the Tortoise and the Hare. In case you need a reminder, in that tale the speedy Hare mocks the slow-moving Tortoise, who then challenges it to a race. The Hare sets a scorching pace and leaves the Tortoise far behind. Then, sure of its victory, it takes a nap, only to find out later that the Tortoise has slowly but steadily won the race! The investment terms “value” and “momentum” often remind me of the heroes of Aesop’s fable. Value investing is a steady tortoise, and momentum investing is a jumpy hare. Value investors buy cheap stocks, momentum investors buy stocks that have been going up.

As you may know, we consider ourselves contrarian value investors. We like to buy stocks when they are down, cheap, and out of favor. In the early years of my career though, I briefly shadowed a successful momentum growth investor. I witnessed how value and momentum fared during the run-up to the end of the last bull market in 2007, the tricky investment conditions in 2008-2009, and finally, the first stretch of an unconvincing bull market. It was not an easy time for either momentum or growth investing.

There is a huge timing difference between when value investors buy and when momentum investors buy. The former buy when the price is low, and the stock may be regarded with scorn. Momentum investors get interested much later in the business cycle, waiting to see signs of an established trend. Their ideal buying moment is when a stock’s price rises, all the metrics show growth and improvement, yet there’s room for momentum to endure. Everybody knows, owns, and loves the stocks that momentum buyers seek out. The usual trouble comes with short-lived trends that are challenging for momentum investors to identify and time. The very best days for these investors come in the late stages of a bull market, when trends are well-established. The experience of a momentum buyer could be compared to jumping onto a train that’s already in motion.

We at Sicart consider ourselves not only value buyers, but also growth holders. Each value stock goes through a fairly frequent and repeatable pattern. It usually starts off with a big sell-off, when the stock gets much cheaper. At that point many investors doubt it will ever recover. They may well be right, but if they are wrong, a disciplined value investor has a chance to buy a great business at a very attractive price. When this happens, it’s usually not because a value investor is much smarter or faster than anybody else, but because he or she is more patient. Eventually, the business improves, the stock starts to go up. It not only recovers, but it also starts a healthy steady ascent, which eventually attracts momentum investors. They join the party, bidding up the stock even higher. First the gap between value and price disappears, and the stock is no longer a bargain. Then the price starts to exceed the value of the business. Value investors start to get anxious, but momentum investors don’t worry as long as the price continues to rise.

When more impatient value investors start to sell, we at Sicart become growth holders. We believe we bought the stock at the right price, and now we let our winners run. That’s where I combine my value investing discipline with the lessons I learned shadowing a momentum growth investor. There is no rush to take the gains, because there is a lot more money on the table. It’s patience, again, that helps me as an investor.

There has been a lot of talk lately that value investing doesn’t work, and momentum is the way to go. This is the same song we hear every 5-10 years as bull markets mature. Buying more of the fastest-rising stocks has become the winning formula, and passively riding out the wave has performed the best.

But I believe that value investing always works. To me that means being able to compound wealth slowly and steadily over time, without exposing investors to a risk of losing it all. Of course, there are times when “value” as a style delivers lesser short-term returns than “momentum” investing or even the indices as a whole. That’s the case right now, but it shouldn’t worry us much. Remember that, as with the tortoise and the hare, the goal is to finish the race!

I also learned from my brief experience with momentum investing that it works the best, and attracts the most attention and money, when it’s about to lose its effectiveness as an investment strategy.  When momentum turns, it’s not a gradual shift, it’s a drop off the cliff. Individual stocks – or the entire market — can give up the entire gain of a few years, in a swift 50% drop. For a single stock, that could happen in a matter of days. Each time these cycles occur, the latecomers to the market party believe that they will ride it to the top, get out, and wait until the dust settles. Unfortunately, that’s rarely the case. I’d dare to argue that no strategy has lost more money for stock investors than chasing momentum in the last hours of a long and tired bull market.

However, when the drop happens, and momentum investing goes out of favor, it’s a good time to behave like an investment tortoise – slow and steady, stay on your path. Pick up more cheap stocks, let them recover, and watch them become momentum stocks all over again. Aesop told the story 2,500 years ago, La Fontaine retold it 300 years ago, and we witness it in every alternation between bull and bear markets.

I’m not saying value is better than momentum as a philosophy (though you know where I stand), but I do say that there is wisdom in both. Why not be a value buyer, and growth holder?  The most renowned investors of our times, Warren Buffett and Charlie Munger, are just that. They buy when the price is right, and hold stocks forever. Many of their value stocks have long since become momentum stocks. They know the temperament of the latter, hence their ample cash reserves, ready to be deployed when the momentum abruptly comes to a screeching halt, and buying opportunities arise.

As investors, we definitely feel like a trusty tortoise rather than a hasty hare these days. How do you feel? Like a tortoise or a hare?

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 2/6/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

Tesla and the Dark Alleys of Investing

In investing, as well as in life, it pays to avoid dark alleys. Common sense and experience teach us what those dark alleys might be in life: dangerous places where trouble lurks and help might come too late. In investing, dark alleys are investments that can get us in serious trouble, and the worst of them can lose money for bears and bulls alike.

IMG_3080 small

In my recent dinner conversation with friends the topic of Tesla came up. Yes, that celebrated electric car manufacturer led by billionaire Elon Musk. To disciplined value investors, Tesla has for years been the symbol of an overvalued, overhyped stock. The price has whipsawed dramatically a few times over the years, hurting both impatient bulls, and more recently, daring bears trying to short the stock and benefit from the price drop. We at Sicart have not taken either side of the trade, nor we have any intention to do so anytime soon. Buying a stock gives us an unlimited upside while selling a stock short would give us an unlimited downside, and you know how we feel about losing money!

To us, Tesla has been the investing version of a dark alley.

When I started out in this field, I thought that to be a successful investor you had to know it all, and have an opinion about everything. I would read all the news every day, go to every single conference I could find, take every meeting possible — for the sake of becoming well-informed. The time I spent that way jump-started my career, largely because it helped me define and shape what Warren Buffett calls “the circle of competence.” That is to say, what I really know well, and where I can have a true edge.

Fifteen years later, I have never stopped learning. Recently I’ve been spending evenings reading the most recent annual reports of companies that we respect and we would like to own. I’m much pickier than I used to be, though, about how I use my time. I also have a much stricter “no” filter. If a stock shows any of the red flags we watch out for, I dismiss it immediately. This practice has been a huge time saver, and, looking back, also a major money saver.

So, what are the red flags, in our opinion? First, too much debt. Second, questionable management. And third, an industry in a secular decline. Tesla grew its debt load from half a billion to over $11 billion in order to fund its losses over the last 7 years alone (Source: Company Filings). Almost all of its debt matures in the next 5 years. Elon Musk’s business practices might have rubbed too many investors the wrong way too. Finally, global car sales have been dropping, and 2019 brought a bigger annual sales drop than 2008, which was battered by the financial crisis. As a matter of fact, last year the annual global drop in car sales exceeded the number of all the electric vehicles sold around the world. (Some consider electric vehicles to be a separate market, but even so, that’s a dramatic plunge.) It does pay to remember that the car industry is cyclical, often tracking the general economy. Not surprisingly, at low points in the economy, debt-laden manufacturers often go bankrupt, wiping out their equity holders.

Now let’s go back to Tesla and those dark alleys. I have nothing against Tesla cars. I appreciate the idea of an environment-friendly means of transportation. However, as a student of history, I know that electric cars first hit the roads back in the 19th century. They were popular at first, and even held a vehicular land speed record for some time. But then roads improved in the early 20th century and range started to matter. At the same time, oil discoveries made gasoline more readily available. Soon, gas-powered cars dominated the market.

Fifty-some years later, electric cars still represent less than 2% of the global car market. And though Tesla as a company also sells batteries, solar panels, solar roof tiles and other products, cars represent 92% of its sales. Tesla and Elon Musk were able to create a renewed excitement and enthusiasm around electric cars. Tesla was meant to be expensive, high-end, luxurious. As a consumer, if I were in the market for a car, I might see Tesla as an intriguing alternative to traditional brands.

That alone wouldn’t make me want to own the shares of the company, though.

At least two of those red flags I mentioned are flying high for Tesla – high debt, and questionable management. With a $100 billion market capitalization, and $20 billion in sales, Tesla has never made money. In contrast one of its large, old, well-established competitors, which has worldwide sales 7 times higher than Tesla, is valued at 1/3 of Tesla, while earning $5B in profit and paying a 6% dividend. I’m not urging you to rush out and buy shares in any legacy car manufacturers, I am pointing out that with Tesla you are paying a lot for the growth, and an elusive promise of earnings one day. From the valuation perspective, Tesla is unquestionably expensive.

If you were to take the other side of the argument, and sell Tesla short, hoping to benefit from a price drop, you have to argue against boundless enthusiasm that isn’t entirely rational. The stock just recovered from a $170 low, and flew up to over $600, with some claiming it could reach $6,000.

As a disciplined investor, I see no reason to buy Tesla on the chance it goes that high. Nor do I see a reason to stand in the way of a moving train and take a bearish stand.

We know that there are thousands of stocks out there, and we believe that patience will bring hundreds of opportunities to buy them. We may like the car and enjoy Elon Musk’s showmanship, but you won’t see us buying Tesla shares anytime soon. Why? Because we like to stay out of dark alleys, in investing as in life.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 1/29/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Path to Riches: Slow Millionaires and Forever Millionaires

A speedy, easy path to riches is one of humankind’s dreams, and one of its oldest, most popular forms is the lottery ticket. It’s cheap, requires little effort, and the payout can be mindboggling. As a civilization, we have over 2,000 years of history with lotteries dating back to the Han Dynasty in China, and the funding of major government projects like the Great Wall of China. But it’s crucial to note that lotteries have built more monuments and funded more big projects though than they have minted millionaires.

What if I told you, though, that there is a slower, harder, but a more likely path to riches? That slow path to riches is followed by surprisingly few of those who want to grow rich (the slow millionaires) but — not so surprisingly — by everyone who chose to stay rich – the forever millionaires.

My dear friend and mentor James (Jay) E. Hughes, Jr. (who spent a wonderful career working with prominent families around the world in his role of a true homme de confiance) recently reminded me how, in family wealth preservation, we at Sicart are in a quickly shrinking minority. As everyone else is chasing fast and easy riches, we might be among the few on our slow path. When lottery jackpots are high, people line up to buy tickets, when stocks reach new highs, investors line up to buy more, but the path to slow riches for slow millionaires and forever millionaires is surprisingly quaint, and far from crowded.

In our role as investment advisors to wealth creators – families and entrepreneurs around the world — we are privileged to hear many tales of success and failure with money. As a matter of fact, I dedicated a third of my new book  Money, Life, Family to lessons from the most successful families with enduring fortunes of the last two hundred years. The successes are exciting and worth a celebration. The failures are painful to witness, especially knowing that there are ways to avoid them.

We at Sicart believe that in every wealth creator’s journey, a change in the mindset occurs –sometimes after the first major loss of capital, other times gradually — as the fortune-keeper comfortably embraces his or her new reality. These individuals transition from making money to keeping it. Don’t get me wrong, the power of compounding, the size of the capital, and — most of all – time will typically grow their fortunes further. We like to think in terms of doubling wealth every 5 to 15 years. Edgar Bronfman Sr., the heir to the Seagram’s fortune, famously said: “To turn $100 into $110 is work. To turn $100 million into $110 million is inevitable.”

We notice that habits of forever millionaires are the same as habits of slow millionaires. Now, what parallels are there between a slow path to riches for those just starting off with little capital, and time they can’t afford to waste, and those that have a large fortune at stake, and money they can’t afford to lose?

The forever millionaires already have the capital. They let time and compounding work in their favor. Slow millionaires need to be able to earn, and save first to build up their capital. They will probably be most successful in locations where salaries are good, the cost of living is moderate, and taxation is reasonable. (In contrast, we believe that high earners, and big spenders in heavily-taxed locations might have the hardest time on the slow path to riches!)

As slow millionaires successfully start to roll their proverbial snowballs, their path converges with that of forever millionaires. We have found that, once they have capital, whatever the size, they seek investment opportunities that will allow them to grow their fortune. A reasonable taxation of capital will allow them to keep most of their returns and reinvest further.

The beauty of the stock market is that it democratizes access to investment opportunities. You can become an owner of the best businesses that exist, whether you have $100 or $1 billion. You might hold a few shares versus millions of shares, but your capital has the opportunity to benefit from the same power of compounding.

We believe that the biggest lessons slow millionaires can learn from forever millionaires are patience and risk aversion. To the latter, risk aversion comes naturally. There is a point when they realize that what they have made so far is not worth risking on illusory quick gains. We have found that it is patience and risk aversion that helps to ensure forever millionaire status.

To me, the best examples of slow millionaires who turned into forever millionaires are Warren Buffett and Charlie Munger, the two investment legends behind Berkshire Hathaway. Buffett has famously said: “”Never risk what you have and need for what you don’t have and don’t need.” At any time, they could have risked more for higher or faster returns, but instead they harnessed the power of compounding, and let time take care of the rest.

We notice that every slow millionaire has the quiet ambition to become a forever millionaire one day; and no forever millionaire wants to start to all over with nothing. Munger and Buffett have made it very clear on many occasions, the last thing they want is to go back and start from scratch!

Spending the last three years studying the histories of numerous families around the world who have retained their millions over generations, I’ve learned many lessons. The most important is that for new money to become old money, it needs to stand the test of time. It needs to stay the course and endure all the change around it. There is no way to accomplish that without avoiding temptations to follow shortcuts, and the risk of losing it all.

Old money is slow money. New slow millionaires can learn a lot from the forever millionaires. At Sicart, we believe that investment opportunities, patience, and risk aversion are the three indispensable pillars of wealth growth and preservation.

Are you on the slow path to riches already? If not, join us! There is plenty of room! Are you a forever millionaire? Stay the course, it really is no fun at all to start from nothing all over again.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 1/23/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

What if this market will go up forever?

In a recent conversation, a prospective client asked me a timely question: “What if this stock market will go up forever?”  In our opinion, no words have created more investment opportunities on the one hand and investment trouble on the other than “never” and “forever.” Investing requires us to continuously make our best-educated guesses about the future. We believe that the stock market aggregates those guesses in the most efficient way, but it’s driven by fear and greed, and oscillates between those two absolutes of “never” and “forever.”  

Investors usually want to buy low and sell high, but we seem to do the exact opposite. We at Sicart Associates often say that we are contrarian investors. We joke that it’s not because we like to disagree with everybody else, it’s because everybody else seems to disagree with us. In truth, we pride ourselves in seeing opportunities where most other investors don’t.

“This business will never recover.”  There’s a statement we’ve heard too many times. The stock price drops 50%, and immediately many investors who have praised the business suddenly can’t stop finding new challenges and issues. It can be very easy to confuse short-lived, temporary trouble with long-term lasting damage to the business. One failed product launch that has no bearing on the brand perception may be forgotten in a matter of year or two. The trouble, in our experience, is that most investors can’t imagine a year or two in the future. The stock price may imply that this business will NEVER get better. But to contrarians, it’s that very belief that creates a buying opportunity. This opportunity is available to us not because we are smarter or faster, but because we are patient. We can wait, trusting that “never” is only few years away.

“This stock will go up forever.” That’s another belief that’s led too many investors into trouble. In the 1970s the “Nifty Fifty” stocks were once believed to be invincible. Among them were Kodak, Polaroid, and DEC, all defunct since. More recently, the dotcom-era stocks of the turn of the century and the FAANGs of today are the “forever” stocks. Not all “forever” stocks of any era vanish in a matter of a decade or two, but buying them at an all-time high may ultimately result in dismal returns. However, price drops and buying opportunities may occur if an investor can expand his or her investment horizon to several years instead of several months. The history shows that usually the longer it’s been since the last major price drop for any “forever “stock, the higher the odds are that one is on the way — and usually the bigger the drop can be!

It’s not just individual stocks, but also the entire market that operates in absolutes. In my adult life, I have witnessed two bottoms, one peak, and another peak in the making — the one we’re all watching now. The consensus opinion each time is the same:  at the low, many believe that the market will never recover, yet it does. At the top, people think it will never falter, yet it does. This time is no different.

In our experience, “never” and “forever” are terms used mostly by those whose patience is limited, and whose investment horizon is counted in months, or a year at most.  If we at Sicart were to employ those words, we would say, “We never want to lose money, and we intend to grow it forever.” Otherwise, we will patiently buy low when others see no hope, and vigilantly sell high when others see no danger.

As Benjamin Graham, the father of value investing, famously said: “Though business conditions may change, corporations and securities may change, and financial institutions and regulations may change, human nature remains the same. Thus the important and difficult part of sound investment, which hinges upon the investor’s own temperament and attitude, is not much affected by the passing years.” – from The Intelligent Investor.

If human nature never changes, we might forever be contrarian investors. What about you?

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 1/16/2020

Disclosure:

The information provided in this article represents the opinions of Sicart Associates, LLC (“Sicart”) and is expressed as of the date hereof and is subject to change. Sicart assumes no obligation to update or otherwise revise our opinions or this article. The observations and views expressed herein may be changed by Sicart at any time without notice.

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The money we haven’t lost

In the investment profession, we spend a lot of time thinking about the money we’ve made (bragging rights), more time thinking about the money we wish we’d made (a source of fear of missing out), and almost no time on the money we haven’t lost. But it’s the last of these that’s the silent, invisible essence of successful investing.

If I give you a million dollars to invest, how many times can you lose my million? Ten times? Five times? No — only once! It takes only one trip from 1 to zero to successfully wipe out a million. How about $2 billion dollars? That sounds a little harder, but is that the case?

If you ever venture to the dairy aisle of your local supermarket, you’ve probably encountered products from Dean Foods. They distributed diverse brands including Dairy Pure, Friendly’s, Tuscan and PET. Over the last three years, Dean Foods shareholders went through the painful experience of watching their stock drop from a $2 billion dollar market capitalization to effectively zero as the company filed for bankruptcy six years short of its 100-year anniversary. Why did those investors stick around all the way to the end, like a helpless polar bear on a melting ice floe? A quick look at the filings reveals that among the biggest shareholders were all the major passive index fund sponsors – Blackrock, Vanguard, State Street. To make the situation more interesting, Dean Foods was offered to the public at different times, by none other than Lehman Brothers and Bear Stearns, 10 and 20 years ago. (Neither of those underwriters is still in business.)

We at Sicart have nothing against index funds, and they can play a useful role in many an investment strategy. The fact that they are passive is their strength in good times — but their weakness in bad times and with disastrous holdings.

Dean Foods as a potential stock investment crossed my desk on a few occasions. It was cheap, and it was easy to mistake it for a compelling value stock. Each time, though, I saw it as a two-second decision: no, thank you. Too much debt, cost pressures, no pricing power, competition, no customer loyalty, the list of flaws went on. It looked to me like a bankruptcy in the making.

So we never invested in Dean Foods, and didn’t lose a single dollar on it. It’s just one of the hundreds of investments we’ve chosen not to make over the years. Another way to look at that is to see it as a small part of the millions — if not billions — that we haven’t lost over the years.

Sometimes I envision them as an iceberg: the tip you see above the water represents the money we’ve made. But the underwater part, usually many times bigger, is the money we have not lost. The above-water tip can’t exist without the much larger underwater foundation.

Warren Buffett, famously, has two rules of investing: “Rule No. 1: Never lose money. Rule No. 2: Never forget rule No. 1.” They are quoted frequently, but not followed often enough.

To return to Dean Foods: bankruptcies don’t happen every day, and a 100% loss is a rare occurrence. To us, though, a 70%-90% permanent loss of capital in any individual investment is equally unacceptable, and there are plenty of those ready to snap precious dollars from unaware investors’ pockets. They are also not that obvious to spot in a rising market, but it doesn’t mean they aren’t there.

It might be a forgotten and a rare practice in the investment profession, but we never forget the large sums that we haven’t lost… as much as we may celebrate all the successful investments we’ve chosen over the years, and the money we’ve made.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: January 8th, 2020

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

When fortunes are made, when fortunes are lost

The worst investment advice I ever received was the recommendation to get out of stocks and buy U.S. Treasury bills at the bottom of the market.

It was a cold winter evening in March 2009, at the deepest point of the most recent financial crisis (though we couldn’t know that then). I was four years into my investment career in New York City. I was invited to an idea dinner at a very pleasant midtown restaurant. It was a group of top-notch investors around the table, most of them a few decades older than me, and the general feeling was that it was time to abandon stocks for T-bills. I heard what the other guests had to say, but that just didn’t sound right to me. Maybe Francois Sicart’s (my then-boss, now mentor and partner) contrarian streak was rubbing off on me already.

That dinner still makes me think of Warren Buffett’s memorable words: “Be fearful when others are greedy, and greedy when others are fearful.” I was about to discover that stocks were on sale at astoundingly low prices for the first time in my professional career. Many wonderful businesses that had seemed out of reach only months earlier would become incredibly affordable.

At about the same time, I attended a breakfast with the CFO of Tiffany’s, the legendary American luxury jewelry brand. We all fit around a tiny table at the top of Rockefeller Center.  Outside, the weather was dreadful; a sea of impenetrable clouds shrouded the matchless view in gloom that mirrored the spirits — as well as the business outlook — in the room.

It was a good time to borrow a page from legendary industrialist Floyd Odlum’s playbook. In 1933, amid America’s Great Depression after a 90% drop in the Dow Industrial Average, he said, “I believe there’s a better chance to make money now than ever before.” He’d had the foresight to sell ahead of the 1929 Crash, and then had the courage to turn his capital into a serious fortune later on. (His tale has been retold by James Grant, the editor of Grant’s Interest Rate Observer.)

Floyd Odlum wasn’t the only fortune maker in the 1930s. Back then, John Paul Getty, Joseph Kennedy, and Benjamin Graham, among others, planted the seeds for even bigger fortunes to be made in the following decades. In the bear market of the 1970s, Warren Buffett started to turn Berkshire Hathaway from a failing textile mill into a hugely successful holding company, compounding wealth over the next few decades. Other recession-founded companies include GE (during the panic of 1873), Disney (in the recession of 1923-24), HP (in the Great Depression), and Microsoft (the recession of 1975).

After that March evening, the stock market embarked on a 11-year-long rise.  Tiffany recovered, prospered, and is about to be acquired for a big multiple of its 2009 price. The months that followed offered once-in-a-decade buying opportunities for patient investors.

I like a quotation from Will Durant, a prominent American historian: “Most of us spend too much time on the last twenty-four hours and too little on the last six thousand years.” It’s been 10 years since the most recent financial crisis, when the stock market dropped over 55%. It’s been 20 years since the Internet Bubble burst, when the Nasdaq lost a whole 80%. It’s been 45 years since the 1973-74 market crash, and wealth consuming inflation.  90 years since the loss of 90% of the stock market’s value during the Depression.

Each time, many fortunes were lost and never recovered. Each time, the drop was sudden, but the end of it, and the full extent of the damage, often took a while to dissipate. It was dangerous to chase the market to the top, it wasn’t easy to step back in, and it could have been extremely damaging to miss the recovery if one panicked at the bottom.

There is a time to buy, and a time to sell. In the investment profession, we expend immense effort looking for new opportunities, new stocks to buy. We hardly ever give much thought to selling. New investing ideas cycle through to replace old ones, but what if it’s wiser sometimes to step aside altogether?

Until eighteen months ago, we were trimming some of the long-term performers in our portfolio. At the same time, we had trouble identifying appealing new buyable stocks, so we let the cash pile grow. We like to own businesses, but we prefer to buy them opportunistically, when other investors don’t recognize their merit. Then we hold them for the long run, until they are loved and praised again. As Benjamin Graham — who mastered his stock-picking skills in the midst of Great Depression — wrote: “The Intelligent Investor is a realist who sells to optimists and buys from pessimists.” That sums up our approach in bull markets and bear markets alike.

In late 2018, US stocks have experienced a dramatic sell-off, with the S&P 500 dropping 20% top to bottom and the Nasdaq 100 falling 25%. It was a brief correction, cut short by the Federal Reserve’s pep talk. Yet we at Sicart, sitting on ample cash reserves, were prepared to act. We put more money to work in a matter of days than we had in the previous two years. It was one of the smallest windows of opportunity we have ever seen, and we were in a position to exploit it. But we believe that was a taste of things to come.

Joseph Kennedy is said to have liquidated his investments when he started getting stock tips from shoe-shine boys in 1929. Bernard Baruch stepped back from the stock market at about the same time. Warren Buffett shut down his investment partnership and returned capital to investors in 1969, describing the market as a “seemingly barren investment world” where “opportunities for investment (…) virtually disappeared.”

Here’s the status for late 2019: It’s the 11th year of the bull market. We’ve experienced three interest rate cuts, there’s massive quantitative easing underway on top of earlier tax cuts, as well as record deficit spending, all in the name of not letting the stock market do what it’s been trying to do for years now – correct.

In The Little Book of Behavioral Investing, James Montier writes, “The vast majority of professional investors simply don’t try to arbitrage against bubbles because of self-serving bias and myopia. They are benchmarked against an index and fear underperforming that index above all else (aka career risk); thus they don’t have the appetite to stand against bubbles.”

We at Sicart don’t mind standing apart from “the vast majority of professional investors.” We will be putting more money to work when the time is right, but we are more cautious than ever. We don’t know what the end of this fiscal and monetary experiment will look like, or how this long bull market ends, but we do know that we need to be, in Warren Buffet’s words, “fearful when others are greedy, and greedy when others are fearful.”

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: 1/1/2020

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Black Friday: Value Investor’s Paradise

“In my nearly fifty years of experience in Wall Street I’ve found that I know less and less about what the stock market is going to do but I know more and more about what investors ought to do; and that’s a pretty vital change in attitude.” – Benjamin Graham, the father of value investing.

For stock-market historians, the term “Black Friday” probably brings back the memory of the Panic of 1869, when Jay Gould and James Fisk attempted to corner the gold market. For the rest of us, it means the day after Thanksgiving, when almost every retailer is running big promotions and everything we could have dreamt of buying becomes available at much lower prices – 30% – 50% – or maybe even 70% OFF! It may seem as if the Black Friday shopping tradition is as old Thanksgiving itself. The record shows, though, that nationwide Black Friday dates back only to the 1980s, with the earliest-known use of the term in this context occurring early in the 1950s. Today, when online sales and holiday discounting start early and lasting longer, Black Friday may have lost some of its initial impact but the practice is still spreading, with countries oceans away adopting this retail tradition.

Shoppers can buy at prices they wouldn’t have seen otherwise, so retailers get the opportunity to sell more.  The concept seems simple, and the shoppers’ response to any promotions or discounts couldn’t come more naturally. We all know what we like, but we usually don’t like the prices we see. The idea of the value a product represents is very clear to us. The moment the price drops below our notion of that value, we can’t help ourselves, and we buy! With online shopping, it’s never been easier to browse, compare, and buy at a moment’s notice! Retailers make it even easier; they email us with notifications of what’s been discounted on our wish lists.

Yours truly had an audiobook in his wish list. You might not be surprised to learn that it’s  titled Crashes and Crises: Lessons from a History of Financial Disasters by Connel Fullenkamp. Black Friday came, and the price dropped 80%! I hit “Buy,” and I’m almost halfway through this 11-hour recording. Whatever items are on your wish list, the reflex, the instinct, and the logic are the same. You know what the value is, and you know what price you’d like to pay. For me, that purchase was a steal.

But somehow this common-sense experience of finding value in the everyday shopping experience evaporates the moment we contemplate the stock market. When it comes to shoes, shirts, and TVs, we want more of the items if the price goes down, and less if the price goes up. Yet with stocks, the higher the price goes, the more attractive buyers find them! This is certainly not the way Wal-Mart operates!

We often say that we are value investors or “contrarian” investors. We mean that we look for value, and we want to pay the lowest price. The lower the prices drop, the more excited we get. History shows that individual stocks and the market as a whole go through fairly regular Black Friday moments, when quality is on sale! We at Sicart Associates are “contrarian” only because mainstream investors seem to ignore their Black Friday value shopping experience when they start to invest in stocks. Instead of seeking out the readily available bargains, they go for the high-priced offerings. There is little competition for the way we operate; sometimes it’s like being alone in a shopping mall on Black Friday.

I wholeheartedly believe that we all have the right instincts to be the best lifelong investors, but somehow we don’t employ them. It can take a lot of willpower to make decisions that run counter to the norm, and stick to the same value discipline when picking stocks. It’s a discipline that comes so naturally everywhere else! Are you a value shopper? How about a value investor?

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: December 19th, 2019

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

One Hundred Stocks, One Hundred Pages

Over the last few months, we have been going over the hundred-stock “wish list” that we at Sicart have compiled over the last three years. It consists of stocks with good businesses, have dominated their industries for a while, yet still have plenty of room to grow. We like to pick a few at a time, download their annual reports, and take them home. It’s remarkable how many annual reports you can get through in a matter of months, since most of them are only about a hundred pages long. This practice has given us a wonderful opportunity to take a more careful look at familiar businesses, refresh our memory, and get up to speed with what’s new with our hundred stocks.

I personally keep a record of every single stock I have ever looked at, bought, or passed on over the last fifteen years. There are fewer and fewer companies that Sicart has never researched before. We examine every meaningful IPO, and gain a good understanding of what kind of businesses they are.

We’ve learned that what we don’t buy matters as much as what we do buy. Often, we see too many red flags in a business to make it a viable choice for us, and it just takes a couple of seconds to reject that stock. Then there’s what Warren Buffett calls his “too hard pile” where anything outside of his circle of competence ends up. We have one too! But even after eliminating the “two-second NO” and “too hard” options, there’s a lot to choose from. The Vanguard Total Stock Market ETF (a kind of Noah’s Ark of the market) lists over 3,600 stocks. Still, there are only about one hundred companies among them that we would like to own at some point.

We have no intention or ambition to own all of them at once. We would be happy if we acquired about a third of them in the near future, and hopefully many more in the next 5-10 years. We really need only a few new stocks each year, and a total of 30 stocks is enough to totally make over our portfolio.

We have a long record of buying high flying-stocks at a steep price discount soon after they have briefly fallen out of favor due to some transient minor issues. As a matter of fact, we picked up three of those this year alone. One of them took only a year from scoring a spot on our list to making it into the portfolio, and it’s already pulling its weight.

As the market scrapes the clouds, and everything seems expensive, we are working harder than ever to identify and research desirable stocks to snap up when the time is right. Last year’s December sell-off (which shaved off a whole 20% from the major indices) was a prime example of a window of opportunity. We put more money to work in a matter of days than in the previous two years.

Our wish list is ready, and we couldn’t be more excited to put more new picks into our portfolios.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: December 12th, 2019

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Ultimate Argument for Holding Cash

With the stock market at an all-time high, patient and disciplined investors have gone right out of fashion, but that’s how we at Sicart still proudly identify ourselves. We don’t just attempt to hold the best- quality businesses we can identify, which we seek to buy at the lowest possible prices. We also remain historically underinvested, holding substantial (and seemingly idle) cash.

In moments like this one (which I might experience many more times in my investing career), I’m reminded of the words of Jean-Marie Eveillard, the famous value investor and long-time manager of the First Eagle Fund: “I would rather lose half of my clients than half my clients’ money.” The majority of our own money is invested alongside that of our clients. It is our intention to keep all of our clients, add many more, and preserve and grow their capital along with ours.

The last eighteen months (with the exception of a recent Fed-funded mini-rally) has been a period of flat, sideways markets. However, it’s been an increasingly exciting time for us, stock pickers, who intend to build a portfolio for the next five, ten, possibly even fifteen years. The pick-up in volatility and the market’s mild corrections have been short-lived, though. In the last 12 months we have managed to buy more stocks, and invested a larger portion of the capital, than in the previous three years. Yet we still hold ample cash reserves. There would be no trouble with that choice if it didn’t create an obvious drag on short-term performance. On one hand, we add new positions that have yet to perform. On the other, the fact the we are underinvested gives a meaningful and growing headwind versus the market for the near term.

This creates an opportunity to raise the age-old question – why hold cash at all? Why not stay 100% invested through thick and thin? Of course, the ideal scenario would be to stay 100% invested all the way to the top, and 100% in cash all the way to the bottom of the market. The trouble is that no one has ever perfectly called the top and the bottom. If you look at the cases of investors who have supposedly performed this feat, you’ll find that in reality, what they did was to allow their cash balance to grow as the market rose beyond reason, and reinvest it all when the market dropped and investors panicked. The biggest concern with this approach is fear of missing the peak of an ever-rising market as we maintain our investment discipline. Regrettably, it’s a fear that has often cost investors more than they could afford to lose.

Since numbers don’t lie, let’s do a little experiment. Let’s assume that we have two portfolios, A and B. B is always 100% invested, but A chooses to go to 65% invested in the late years of a bull market. For simplicity’s sake, let’s assume that the managers’ picks for both portfolios are the same, equal to the overall market performance. (We give the managers no credit for stock-picking ability!) Let’s also assume that the manager of Portfolio A is exceptionally early with his decision to raise cash level, and it takes another whole five years from today for the market to correct and become more reasonably priced.

Finally, we’ll imagine that the stock holdings return 12% compound rate over those next five years – close to the (exceptionally high) last five-year return of the S&P 500 Index. Portfolio B (100% invested) will have grown each hypothetical $10,000 investment to about $17,600, while Portfolio A (steady 65% stock exposure) will have reached around $14,600, a whole $3,100 less.

Before you decide which strategy, you prefer, let’s entertain a scenario where stocks do drop by 50% after those five years. That’s in line with the historic market corrections. I might be a year shy of forty, but I have already seen two similar corrections in my adult life, and my senior partners have weathered half a dozen — if not more!

After that drop, our hypothetical Portfolio B is valued at around $8,800 and Portfolio A at around $9,800. That’s an immediate lead of $1,000 for the patient Portfolio A. But consider this: Portfolio A now holds over 50% in cash, ready to invest! In this scenario, if stocks were to compound again at a historically high 12%, it would take Portfolio B (100% invested) a whole six years to reclaim the previous peak value — or over a decade if the market returns 7% (close to the actual ten-year total annual return for the S&P 500). That’s assuming Portfolio B managers do the impossible — keep their cool, and stay fully invested all the way to the bottom and back up!

Portfolio A’s lead will grow from the market lows, and if you assume that Portfolio A’s stock picks do a little better on the way down, and a little better on the way up than the fully-invested Portfolio B, that $1,000 lead will grow even faster in the next 5-10 or 15 years.

It’s difficult to ignore that a mere 33% market correction would erase the entire hypothetical five-year lead of Portfolio B over A, and 33% doesn’t even get us to the pre-2016 Presidential election market levels. For example, a 65% drop in stock prices would have derailed Portfolio B for almost a decade, assuming historically high 12% S&P 500 returns. That lag would increase to over fifteen years given a 7% return, which is close to a ten-year actual annual return for the S&P 500. That’s how long it would take Portfolio B to reclaim its past highs. With a 33%, 50% or 65% drop, Portfolio B (100% invested) would lag Portfolio A (65% invested at the peak) by a growing margin for decades to come.

With those numbers in mind, next time we wonder if we are missing the boat, and possibly never catch up with the market, we remind ourselves how even a minor market correction would not only put us ahead of a 100% invested portfolio, but also set us on a very promising path of outperformance for decades to come. Most of all, it’s important to note that even if it takes five years, Portfolio A ends up on top.

The United States is in the eleventh year of the longest-lasting, most heavily-subsidized, politicized, propped up, helped, and cheered on bull market ever. We are eager to be 100% invested eventually, we don’t believe this is the time though. We at Sicart consciously choose to sacrifice some of the near-term upside in the name of protecting capital from the near-term risk, while staying well-positioned to capture an even bigger long-term upside. It might prove to be the hardest investment decision of our careers, but we remain convinced it’s the right one given what we know. The underinvested portfolio remains the wise choice, especially for anyone who intends to stick around in the investment world for many decades to come. We do! Do you?

And as a bonus, here you will find a short explanation why Warren Buffett and Charlie Munger hold “idle” cash: 2019 Berkshire Hathaway Meeting.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: December 5th, 2019

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Tale of Two Books

As readers of my articles, you probably know well that books are very important to me. This is an account of two that have been a great influence on me, in very different ways. I discovered both of them around 20 years ago. One has defined my career, and the other still defines stock markets and the economies around the world. The first one I bought, and cherish. The other one I browsed through carefully once, but never cared to own … was I wrong?

At the end of my new book – Money, Life, Family, I include a list of books that changed my life. If you have watched my TEDx talk, you’ll know that I was inspired to become an investor by Peter Lynch’s One Up on Wall Street. I picked up that book in a little English-language book store when I was a foreign exchange student in Brussels. As I shared in a Hikecast interview with Jake Taylor earlier this year, I chose between two books that day.

Peter Lynch’s book introduced me to the life-changing idea that stocks are small pieces of businesses. As obvious as that may seem, until that point, I had learned about ratios, alphas, betas, deltas, gammas — I even knew how to price derivatives (!), yet I didn’t see stocks as pieces of familiar businesses, whose products and services we may even use. My prior exposure to stock investing had been a paper “portfolio” that I kept as a 15-year old watching companies getting listed on the then-nascent Warsaw Stock Exchange (originally founded in 1817, closed in 1939, and reopened 52 years later). My paper portfolio was a list of exciting tickers with prices that moved up and down for reasons beyond my comprehension. It wasn’t until after reading Peter Lynch’s book that I bought an actual stock and… quickly lost a fair share of my real portfolio! That was my first experience owning a piece of a business – and as luck would have it, also my first permanent loss of capital. It was a great lesson in patience, too — the stock recovered, and rallied shortly after I sold it!

To this day, whenever I’m invited to speak about investing, I like to start by asking my audience two questions. First, have you ever made money owning a stock? Second, have you ever lost money owning a stock? Most investors have had both experiences, though hopefully more of the former, and less of the latter.

What was the other book that I held in my hands that day, but did not buy? It was ostensibly the tale of a wise man, capable of single-handedly conducting the biggest metaphorical orchestra (i.e. the U.S. economy) the world has ever known. Not only that, he even seemed able to predict the future. His special position gave him the power to make decisions affecting all of us by controlling the price of the money we use.

His story reminded me vividly of the central planners setting prices of everything from butter to tractors in Soviet-era communist Poland of my early childhood. They attempted to predict the demand for each item in the economy down to the smallest nail, in order to ensure that the supply would match it, at the right price. As history tells us, it was a policy that failed spectacularly. The resulting economy’s inefficiency was so extensive that consumers couldn’t even find nails in stores at times! When the Berlin Wall fell, the market was set free. Millions of consumers and businesses made free independent decisions, free market set the prices, shortages disappeared almost overnight.

Ten years after the fall of the Berlin Wall, there I was in Brussels, reading about this central monetary planner who set U.S. interest rates, i.e. the price of money.  Whether you are buying diapers for your baby with your credit card or financing the purchase of your house with a mortgage, even planning your retirement, the price of money affects you. The book in my hand was  Maestro: Greenspan’s Fed and the American Boom by American journalist Bob Woodward. Published 19 years ago, it was a New York Times best seller. In the book description you can read: “On eight Tuesdays each year, Federal Reserve chairman Alan Greenspan convenes a small committee to set the short-term interest rate that can move through the American and world economies like an electric jolt…”

The book also shares praises of the bull market of the day, today known as the dotcom bubble: “the American economy is pushed into a historic 10-year expansion while the world economy lurches from financial crisis to financial crisis.”

Nasdaq peaked at over 5,000 a few months before the publication of Woodward’s book, and bottomed at 1,114 three years later, a 78% drop, and a $5 trillion lost in the stock market downturn. It took 16 years, zero rate policy, quantitative easing, and an unprecedented monetary intervention to bring the Nasdaq back to 5,000 and beyond. Once again, we are celebrating a historic 10-year expansion and believing that we can achieve fairy-tale prosperity by simply printing money! The history does rhyme, doesn’t it?

Two books, two tales. One of these books inspired me to pick stocks and own real businesses: the other made me aware of powerful monetary policy that can send tidal waves through asset prices, stock prices included. As much as I believe it’s the stock picking that counts in the long run, I don’t think it’s wise to ignore the influence the price of money has on the stocks we buy or hold.

Here I am in New York City, 30 years after the Berlin Wall fell. I know that when the market is set free as it was in Poland in the early 1990s, price discovery works at its best. When the price of money is set free one day, I doubt it will be zero. I also know it will have a massive impact on stock prices. Fortunately, businesses will continue to provide goods and services that consumers want. As stock pickers, we at Sicart are always ready to invest. We don’t know where interest rates will go, or even if the Fed will be around in the future, but we do know what kind of businesses we like to own, and when the prices are right, we never hesitate to buy them.

Almost 20 years have passed since that memorable day in Brussels, and I still wholeheartedly believe I picked the right book to inspire me in my investing career.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski | New York City

Published:  November 27th, 2019

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Art of Cashing Out

With stocks at all-time highs, some tech IPOs falling short of expectations, and one huge IPO spectacularly imploding before take-off, some investors may be wondering if there is an art to cashing out. This may be a good time to look at two examples from twenty years ago, during the Internet Bubble.

Two decades ago, many companies went bust, but there were two with shockingly different stories. One had its founder sell all, hedge, and safely make it through the 80% Nasdaq drop. The other painfully watched his company’s stock price fall a whole 95%!

The first one was an Internet radio company, Broadcast.com, which was sold to Yahoo for $5.7 billion on (not a joke) April Fool’s Day 1999. It made Mark Cuban a billionaire. The catch was that Cuban was paid in shares of Yahoo. But at that point, rather than attempting to keep up with new market highs, he was growing increasingly cautious about the market. As he told Fast Company in 2002: “After we sold Broadcast.com, I hedged my stock with synthetic indexes, in case the market cratered in the six months before I could hedge my actual Yahoo shares.” The Internet bubble peaked in January 2000. Broadcast was discontinued by 2002. Cuban is still a billionaire.

The second company was an online book retailer, Amazon.com. Its founder Jeff Bezos wrote a shareholder letter after the bubble burst, and opened it with one word: “Ouch.” From the top to the bottom, the Amazon stock price fell $100 per share – from $106 to $6! 95% of shareholders’ wealth vanished. Amazon’s story could have ended right there, but the business was saved by a now-forgotten last-minute deal that raised enough cash one month prior to the crash to give Amazon a cushion to survive the following years. Shareholders, however, had to wait a whole decade to see Amazon’s price return to 1999 levels.

At Sicart, our investment approach is to buy good businesses at the right price, and hold them for the long run. We know that all stocks can become inflated beyond their real value, and that worthless businesses can attain exorbitant prices. Public markets succumb to unbelievable swings from fear to greed and back, but they also exhibit sobering judgment at times. WeWork’s recent failed IPO attempt is a prime example. A money-losing office-rental business disguised as a tech company was valued by some as high as $90 billion. In its last round of financing it reached a valuation of $47 billion — and is now hoping for a bailout at way below $10 billion. Some claim it’s worth nothing at all. Quite a fall, in a matter of weeks!

While we don’t believe that all companies are so drastically overvalued, we do think some will struggle to grow into their current valuations. Many employees, especially early employees of those companies, are sitting on substantial wealth created in an unusually short time. It is something worth celebrating, but it can also be a source of a serious worry.

With stocks at all-time high, we see a new peak in insider sales. Jeff Bezos made the biggest sales to date of his Amazon shares this summer. Bezos learned the hard way what a round trip from zero to a hundred and back feels like, and he clearly doesn’t want to go through that again. Facebook’s Mark Zuckerberg has cashed out billions in the last two years.  Uber founder Travis Kalanick sold a fifth of his stake days ago, as an investor lock-up expired last week. They are not the only ones cashing out; total insider sales are the highest since 2006, a year before the last bull market peaked.

The more insiders are selling, the more passive index funds are buying as the free float increases, and more shares become available to the public…wait! When insiders take money off the table, the public investors (through passive index funds) put more of their hard-earned savings on the line? That’s exactly right!

As investment advisors to families and entrepreneurs managing multi-generational wealth, we are frequently asked about the risks associated with having all of one’s wealth tied up in a single stock. Wealth creators enjoying life-changing fortunes start to plan ahead. They instinctively know what we have learned through our experience as investment advisors – making money and keeping it are not the same thing!

Our advice is always the same: we can’t call the top or the bottom of a single stock or of the market as a whole. However, our decades of experience help us discern to which end of the range we are closer. If your whole wealth is tied up in a single (possibly inflated) stock or an inflated stock market or sector, it could be wise to emulate Mark Cuban and other insiders and gradually take some money off the table.

We are all celebrating market highs, but we might be acting on them in different ways. Some investors are chasing new highs while others are stepping aside — so there is an art to cashing out after all!

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski | New York City

Published: November 21st, 2019

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

What’s your measure of success? What is your finish line?

This fall, one October day, I was enjoying a chilly morning drive on a windy mountain road through the beautiful dense Oregon spruce forest. I was on the way to Intel’s Portland Campus. The sun was just rising above the mountain tops, and I was already wondering what kind of questions I will be able to answer on the spot, and what kind of questions will still linger long after I leave…

IMG_0666_2

My dear friend, Intel’s Stock Investment Club President Yedu Jathavedan not only kindly invited me to give a talk on investing, but also generously hosted a book signing for my newly published book – Money, Life, Family: My Handbook: My complete collection of principles on investing, finding work & life balance, and preserving family wealth.

Yedu has done an incredible job bringing many wonderful speakers to Intel. Among them, you will find Saurabh Madaan from Markel Corporation, who I greatly enjoyed meeting in Zurich this summer, Guy Spier, the author of “Education of a Value Investor”, with whom I had a very inspiring lunch conversation last year, and whose book gave me the courage to write more,  Jacob Taylor, the author of “Rebel Allocator”, who is a dear friend, and a brave crew member on my sailing expeditions, Prof. Aswath Damodaran, from NYU Stern School of Business, whose thoughtful talk on stock valuations I remember hearing in the midst of the 2009 Financial Crisis, and Tom Russo from Gardner Russo & Gardner, who left his earlier Intel talk with my book in his hand!

During that half day at Intel discussing stock picking, and sharing my experience as an investment advisor to families and entrepreneurs, I kept hearing a very similar question asked in a dozen ways – What’s your measure of success? What is your finish line? How you know you are doing the right thing? Later that day, wandering around charming downtown Portland with a delicious donut from a small local shop in one hand, a pen and notepad in the other, I felt inspired to start writing down my answer…

With the U.S. stock market reclaiming past peaks and reaching new highs, many stock pickers seem increasingly disenchanted with patient and disciplined investing, where we actually look at what we buy, and we pay attention to the price we pay, and most of all, we don’t forget what risks we take.

Last year’s 20% December sell-off is a long-forgotten tale, the Fed’s interest rate hikes belong to the past, even fears about trade wars, impeachment, elections, and Brexit don’t matter anymore – the market is at an all-time high, and volatility disappeared again, but for many investing hasn’t been smooth sailing. Even my own idols, Warren Buffett, and Charlie Munger, who are comfortably sitting on the world’s biggest corporate cash pile, have watched the stock price of their Berkshire Hathaway falter over the last two years lagging the overall stock market, and that’s despite help from a massive Apple position and the addition of Amazon among other exciting stocks. But in the long run, does it even matter?

This experience reminds me of a story shared by Captain Ramón Carlin, who in 1974 joined the first edition of one of the world’s great sailing competitions, the Whitbread Round the World Race. The original route of this contest was designed to follow old trade routes followed by the square riggers that carried cargo around the globe during the 1800s. Seventeen boats with expert crews from around the world participated, and a staggering 3,000 spectator boats set out to witness the start. Needless to say, navigation and weather forecasts were primitive compared to what they are today.

One of the most improbable competitors was Ramón Carlin, a middle-aged Mexican businessman. He was a maritime novice, having sailed only in Acapulco for a couple of years. He joined the race on the strength of an ad he saw in a magazine during a visit to the United Kingdom. What he lacked in sailing experience, however, he made up with the boat and the crew selection, preparation, discipline, and perseverance. His crew was up against some extremely serious competition. The British Royal Navy had not only purchased six yachts to train 800 men, but also chose the best four 10-man crews for each of the four legs of the race! Now, how is that for a level playing field?

Carlin’s adventure has been beautifully retold in an award-winning documentary aptly called: “The Weekend Sailor.” One point in particular caught my imagination: as you sail the open oceans for weeks on end, you never see your opponents. It’s only you, your crew, your boat, and the ocean. There are easy days, moments of horror, and a constant fight for survival. You only catch sight of the other boats as you begin and end each leg of the race, and at the finish line.  Ramón and his crew won the race by circumnavigating the globe in 133 days and 13 hours!

Watching the documentary made me think that as investors, we can extrapolate from Carlin’s experience. With today’s technology, we can track performance daily, we can compare it with all possible benchmarks and even with our peers almost every moment of the day. It’s easy to lose sight of what matters most! We might forget that we are trading short-term returns for long-term risks that we cannot afford to take. No one has put this better than Benjamin Graham, the father of value investing. He wrote: “The best way to measure your investing success is not by whether you’re beating the market but by whether you’ve put in place a financial plan and a behavioral discipline that are likely to get you where you want to go. In the end, what matters isn’t crossing the finish line before anybody else but just making sure that you do cross it.

What is your finish line? How you know you are doing the right thing? What’s your measure of success? Ours is keeping and growing our clients’ and our own capital over the long run, while avoiding the risk of a permanent loss of capital. We’d like to double our client’s wealth every 5 to 15 years, which translates to a 5% to 15% annual return over the long-run. We intend to weather all storms ahead, even if it means we don’t win all of the legs of the race.

The worst misfortune for a sailor is death, the worst misfortune for an investor is a permanent loss of capital. Seasoned investors know well what sailors learn the hardest way – it sometimes pays to fall behind, only to make sure that you make it to the finish line at all.

We don’t always know where we stand relative to peers or benchmarks, but we ALWAYS know that we stick to the plan and the discipline we have put in place. Do you?

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski | Portland, Oregon

Published:  November 8th, 2019

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

News vs. Noise

On a recent trip around Europe, I passed an old-fashioned newsstand with newspapers displayed outside. They all featured bold-faced headlines intended to catch your attention, even if only for fleeting moment. I couldn’t resist; I took a photo of two passersby who couldn’t resist the lure of those headlines.

With the slow death of newsprint, newsstands have become a rare sighting. Apparently in New York City only one out five has survived since the 1950s (according to Thrillist). This doesn’t mean that the news business is gone, but it has changed. The immense challenge that I see is that actual news gets lost in the bottomless sea of unprecedented NOISE.

news noise 1

As investors, we are in the business of absorbing information, understanding the world, and drawing conclusions. Our goal is to deploy capital at the highest possible rate of return, while avoiding the risk of a permanent loss. We need to navigate around uncertainties in search of opportunities.  That mission can only be successfully fulfilled if we limit the excess noise, but leave room for the relevant news to reach us. The more distracted everyone else becomes, the more our patient and disciplined approach shines in comparison.

Wealth of information

The sheer volume of information has increased very rapidly. 90% of all the data ever created was produced in the last two years, according to an IBM Marketing Cloud report that’s already three years old (Source: 10 Key Marketing Trends For 2017).

This may seem like a new phenomenon, but 50 years ago Nobel Prize-winning economist and cognitive psychologist Herbert Simon observed that “A wealth of information creates a poverty of attention.” We can only wonder what he would think of contemporary demands on attention in a culture in which, for example, 6,000 tweets appear every second. In the world of social media, everyone is a reporter with a potential audience of millions.

The Internet levels the playing field for content; a 50-page piece article that took six months to research and write and a tweet that took 30 seconds to write are seen, ranked, delivered, and read the same way. Actually, the tweet is more likely to be read than the 50-page report — who would have time for that?

And then there are pictures, worth a thousand words, as we’ve been told. They are also much less time-consuming to create than even the shortest tweet! I read in The Atlantic that we take almost 2 billion photos a day. Our times are probably the best-documented in the history of mankind.

Speed of information

It’s a good thing that all this information we create can travel quickly. Not long ago, news took days to cross the Atlantic. When Abraham Lincoln was assassinated on April 15th, 1865, the British press didn’t report his death until April 27th, 1865 when the ships had brought the news. Today, we know about everything more or less in real time, and even if a professional reporter is not on site, millions of smartphone holders are eager to snap a photo and share it with millions in a split second.

On one of my recent trips, technical problems at passport control in a major European capital led to an unbelievable line of very impatient tourists. Within minutes their phones were out, and photos were snapped. A positive side effect of that group photo session was a very prompt response from the authorities. Upon the appearance of a dozen additional immigration officers, the bottleneck disappeared.

Fake news travels fast

Yet not all speed is equal… or even good, for that matter. A New Scientist article reports that fake news spreads six times faster than the truth.

Over a dozen years ago the Financial Times retold an old joke shared also by Warren Buffet on another occasion: about “a Texas oilman who dies, goes to heaven and is told by St Peter that, sorry, the oilmen’s wing is full. He tells St Peter he can make some room, pokes his head into the oilmen’s wing and yells, ‘Oil discovered in hell!’ The room empties as the oilmen chase the rumor. The Texan heads toward hell as well, causing a surprised St Peter to ask, ‘where are you going?’ The oilman replies, ‘There might be something to this rumor!’”

We all don’t mind or maybe even prefer a little lie. There might be some truth in it after all!

Battle for eyeballs

With the truncated news cycle, an increase in the speed of news, and proliferation of information sources, we have witnessed an unprecedented battle for eyeballs that favors the sensational. In a Medium post Tobias Rose-Stockwell explains how traditional journalism used to insist that events covered must be important and the reporting well-sourced. Only then would the news be sold to advertisers and distributed 1-2 times per day. In what Rose-Stockwell calls the “hyperbolic modern news” world, the first questions for the editor are whether an event could produce a headline that makes people click, and whether it comes with pictures or video. Then it’s sold to advertisers and distributed to readers 24 hours a day.

news noise 2

Source: The Guardian

Rose-Stockwell goes on to analyze how the Ebola panic was created and fueled by the media: the image below sums up the process. “The physical damage done by the disease itself was small. The hysteria, however – traveling instantly across the internet – shuttered schools, grounded flights, and terrified the nation.” He concludes: “The terror was far more contagious than the virus itself.”

news noise 3

Source: Tobias Rose-Stockwell.

Losing trust in facts

As everyone is fighting for our attention at the expense of the credibility of the news, and honesty of reporting, we become skeptical. A 2018 RAND Corporation report by Jennifer Kavanagh and Michael D. Rich sheds light on how  the public is losing trust in facts as the lines between  anecdotal and empirical evidence dissolve. The authors conclude: “The most damaging effects might be the erosion of civil discourse, political paralysis, alienation and disengagement of individuals from political and civic institutions, and uncertainty about U.S. policy.”

Half-truths, lies, and fake news

In the case of the Ebola panic, there was a case of the illness in New York City — but that wasn’t the entire truth. The fact that the patient was neither contagious nor a threat to public health fell away from the narrative because the headline would have lost its attention-grabbing impact.

Today, we hear the term “fake news” used so commonly we could almost believe that no news is reliable. Michael Radutzky, a producer of CBS 60 Minutes, calls fake news “stories that are probably false, have enormous traction in the culture, and are consumed by millions.”

I grew up in 1980s Poland where we were fed a regular diet of fake news through government propaganda, which praised communism and its successes while the gray reality outside the window painted a strikingly different picture. Mis-information, dis-information, or mal-information are not new inventions. When my parents took me to Egypt as a teenager. I remember the beautiful depictions of a supposedly victorious battle fought in 1274 BC at the city of Kadesh by one of the most powerful pharaohs, Ramses the Great. It was not only the largest chariot battle ever fought, but also the best-documented battle in all of ancient history.

And yet historians will tell you that the battle was not a victory; the Egyptians didn’t even attempt to capture Kadesh and retreated south instead. The conflict was settled by a peace treaty, the first one recorded in our history. Today, that development seems like the real news headline.

Glass half full or a glass half empty

The summer interns in our office are always eager to share the news they read during their morning commute and its relevance to our business. I am a disappointing audience to them because most of the time, I come across happily underinformed. I always ask them if it is noise or news… that gets them thinking, and before they even have a chance to answer, I follow up with another question – is it good or bad?

I tell them if a stock of a company we would like to buy drops 50% in a few months, for reasons that have nothing to do with the health of the underlying business (but that frightens away other potential investors) isn’t that good news in disguise? It’s an opportunity for us to invest!

I further explain that we search out those opportunities, and we tend to find them where others aren’t looking. We also feel comfortable waiting longer than others to buy, and to sell. We let noise work in our favor!

Information diet

In today’s world, there are times when I think we have to consciously take steps to ignore or even hide from the endless noise of our culture. Last year, I had the wonderful opportunity to speak to a group of investors from around the world at an intimate mountaintop hotel overlooking Zurich. It was warm foggy morning, we couldn’t see much out the windows, and nothing competed with me for the attention of my audience. I took a bit of a gamble and chose a topic I don’t hear discussed much among investors – the need to unplug, disconnect, and go on an information diet.

I told them the story about my experience of the first week after I left my job of over 11 years to start Sicart Associates with my three partners. I had no work phone, no email, no stock prices — yet I still think I did some of the best work I have ever done that week because I had no distractions. That week taught me more than a decade of investing, and set me on a new path: as a remote investor, connected, but keeping a healthy distance. After the talk, a dozen attendees approached me with their own stories, experiences, and tactics. I realized that I wasn’t the only one.

Today, I don’t have news alerts on my phone and there are days when I don’t even check stock prices or headlines. I’ve deleted most of my news and social media apps from my phone. Instead I devote myself to longer-form learning: I read books on my Kindle and seek out podcasts featuring interesting people so I have something to listen to on my daily commute. You are more likely to catch me reading a 1990s Coca-Cola annual report than a vivid commentary and discussion of the hottest tweet of the day. I’ve come to believe that the longer it took an author to produce a piece of content, the more attention it deserves.

Any serious investor knows that daily stock price movements have no bearing on the long-term performance of their holdings. Over half a century ago, Benjamin Graham, the father of value investing, said: “In the short run, the market is a voting machine but in the long run, it is a weighing machine.” These days long-term investing might be out of fashion, but in my view the more distracted everyone else is, the more our focus, discipline and patience matter.

Noise means volatility, with prices moving up and down for short-lived reasons. That’s a buying opportunity for those who keep their eyes on the horizon, filter out the noise, and analyze the news. We all have a limited amount of attention so let’s use it wisely. Not all information is news, not all news is real, and even less actually matters.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: October 31th, 2019

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Asset rich, but income poor

With interest rates dropping and yields disappearing while asset prices hover at all-time highs, we find ourselves in a highly unusual predicament. Over the last few years, in many conversations with clients, friends and fellow investors, I have come across a recurring phenomenon. On one hand, over the last ten years they have witnessed an unprecedented rise in the prices of their assets. However, they see that it takes a lot more capital to generate the level of income they’re accustomed to. In other words, they are asset rich, but income poor.

Tech billionaire moves back with his parents!

Sometimes as a mental exercise, I like to extrapolate ideas to their logical limits. Picture a young tech billionaire who takes a $1 annual salary (which is not that rare these days). Meanwhile his entire worldly possessions consist of a few t-shirts with the name of the college he dropped out of, and a billion dollars’ worth of highly-appreciated company stock. It’s obviously a very fast-growing company, but earns no profit yet. It issues no dividends, hence generates no income, making this tech billionaire the ultimate example of someone who is asset (super) rich, but income (super) poor! If we take this idea to its limits, he might actually need to move in with the parents to get by, unless he starts selling shares of his company. It’s an extreme situation, but today more and more of us find ourselves in somewhat analogous circumstances. Not that we all have a billion dollars, but if we hold valuable assets, we can be often described as asset rich, yet income poor.

We might be living in a multi-million-dollar home that has appreciated beyond our wildest predictions. Or perhaps we hold a portfolio of stocks whose value has increased in the last ten years higher than anyone could have foreseen. Many individuals have become asset rich in these ways. But at the same time, the income that such assets might generate has diminished to levels that are also unprecedented. Let me explain.

Asset prices go up

Most of us remember, with some retrospective pain, the S&P 500’s long brutal years of sideways markets marked by two major sell-offs between 2000 and 2013. Yet in the ten years since the darkest days of the Great Recession, stocks have been on the rise. The S&P 500 is up 320%.  Nasdaq is up 504%, and the Nasdaq 100 is up a round 600%! (Data through August 2019 is included here, Source: Bloomberg). It’s unlikely anyone was 100% invested in the Nasdaq 100 to sextuple their money, but surely but many investors multiplied their wealth over the last 10 years. Yes, this is an unprecedented gain. And yes, seeing a repetition over the next 10 years is highly improbable.

At the same time, home price indices in top cities around the globe have shown a mindboggling recovery from 2008 lows, in many cases flying past the 2007 highs. If you bought a house at the last peak or today’s peak, you may have little equity in the house, and you’d be more of a renter than an asset holder. But if you bought before the 2007 peak or during the post-Great Recession years, you might have built up a decent-size equity in your appreciated home.

 

S&P 500 (Performance since the Great Recession, Source: Bloomberg)

asset rich 1

 

Home Price Index 20 Cities (Last 20 years, Source: S&P 500 Dow Jones Indices, and Fred)

asset rich 2

Incomes fall

As the asset prices rose, the income from those assets was falling faster than ever, driven mostly by the infamous zero-rate interest policy.

The one-year US treasury rate stayed close to zero for 7 years (2009-2016). It recently peaked at 2.6%, and it’s headed downward again, which means that unless we are willing to commit our money for many years, we might not be paid anything for lending it to the government or leaving it with a bank.

Last year for the first time in 12 years, I opened a certificate of deposit with a bank, but the era of “whopping” 2%+ one-year CDs might be over soon. The chart below shows that the current 1-year treasury rate is 1.73% and dropping, but it’s important to remember that even a 5-year rate in real terms (i.e. taking into account reported inflation) is actually a mere 0.05%. In other words, the US government gets 5-year loans from bond holders by paying 0.05% annually (in real terms).

Having grown up in 1990s Poland soon after hyperinflation ended, I vividly remember my parents putting money into one-year CDs that paid double digit % interest. But in addition, given rapidly diminishing inflation, the real rate of return was also in double digits. Forget stocks, get one-year CDs and keep rolling them over — that was a solid money-making strategy for quite some time!

Today, it’s not just bond yields that are falling. At the same time, we have seen a decline in the dividend yield of the S&P 500 to under 2%, the second lowest level in its history (the nadir was the peak of the internet bubble). Any study of real estate cap rates (income yield) show a similar decline.

1 Year Treasury Rate (1990-today, Source: Robert Shiller)

asset rich 3

S&P 500 Dividend Yield (1870-today, Source: Robert Shiller)

asset rich 4

US dollar investors may complain about plummeting rates and yields, but outside of the dollar world, the developed countries of the eurozone or the yen are even worse off. They have seen a vastly-increased number of bonds with negative yields. Today about ¼ of the government bond market worldwide has a negative yield, and that share will likely only go up, given the current direction of monetary policies. In Europe, no major economy besides Italy has even a 30-year bond yield that exceeds 1%! Now, if we exclude the 40% of the government bond market worldwide that is the US treasuries, then over 40% of the non-US government bond is currently offering negative yields!

World Bond Markets (August 30th, 2019)

asset rich 5

Source: Bloomberg

A million is not what it used to be

Some time ago I was asked if a million dollars is still enough of a nest egg to retire on.  Apparently, there’s a belief that if you save a million dollars and put it in safe investments such as dividend-paying blue-chip stocks, certificates of deposit, treasuries, etc, you will be able to live off the income. Well, if that portfolio can generate a 5% income yield (not unheard-of historically), a million can generate $50,000 in annual income. That could be supplemented with some appreciation for a comfortable amount.

However today, with yields at historical lows or heading that way, a 2% to 2.5% yield is a more likely range for a portfolio of quality stocks and bonds. In that case, our income from each million dollar of assets just got cut in half to $25,000. Further, if for safety, we want to hold more in short-term US treasuries (which could soon pay as little as 0.15% if the rates head back to where they were only 3 years ago), then our imagined income might drop not to $25,000 from each million dollar’s worth of assets, but to as little as $1,500.

Low yields make it harder to retire early, so investors may need to stash away an even larger nest egg to contemplate living off income alone. Given the rising costs of housing, education and health care, not only is a million is not what it used to be – even the income it can throw off is diminished. This phenomenon can feel like a double whammy to many savers and investors.

Understanding the why

My parents like to remind me that ever since I began to talk, my favorite question was Why?” So why do these conditions prevail now?

The answer is that asset prices are sky high; income generated by those assets shrank to the minimum and is now hitting uncharted negative rate territory. Maybe pumping over $20 trillion of new money into a $80 trillion world economy had something to do with it? That’s what central bankers decided to do in the name of helping economies recover from the Great Recession. We are trying to solve the debt crisis with MORE and CHEAPER debt…

When your hard-earned dollars, euro, yen etc. have to compete with freshly printed money, they don’t stand a chance. In my upcoming book (Money, Life, Family, My Handbook), I liken this scenario to taking a bath with a hippo; we all know who will end up outside of the tub, cold, wet, and naked—and it’s not the big guy with the gray hide.

asset rich 6

Economic recovery or war on savers?

The Great Recession led to some unprecedented fiscal and monetary policies. Governments borrowed more, and central bankers lowered the cost of borrowing to zero. To help push that cost down, they sometimes used the central banks’ balance sheets to buy up assets –typically bonds — to depress the yields further by inflating their prices. The goal was to make people borrow and spend, in order to boost the economy as fast as possible. In fact, it was spending and borrowing that got us in trouble in the first place.

With zero rates the incentive to save is diminished, especially since bond yields are so low. We may also see low rates or negative yields (especially real rates, adjusted for inflation) as a wealth tax of sorts. A pay cut for the rich, you could say. Or just a pay cut for those that have anything saved up for rainy days, retirement or the future. Not only do we not get paid, but even a small inflation slowly erodes our wealth.

That’s a point that few years ago was brought up to then-Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke. He had a fittingly witty answer to it: “It’s ironic that the same people who criticize the Fed for helping the rich also criticize the Fed for hurting savers.” His answer sums up our predicament. With diminishing yields, investors felt forced to chase riskier assets and look for appreciation in lieu of the lost income. We got asset rich, BUT income poorer.

What to do then?

Ben Bernanke is gone from the Federal Reserve, as is Janet Yellen, and now Jerome Powell is getting ready to kick the proverbial can even further down the proverbial road. Those of us with long-term investment horizons have nowhere to go in the current economic and financial context.

What do we see? Higher risks, and need for more caution.

On one hand, asset prices are inflated, which poses a very serious risk to the investor’s principal. The higher the prices go, the bigger the drop we could expect. On the other hand, yields are low which may steer investors to less-than-sound assets such as the 100-year bond issued a few years by Argentina. Apparently, there were plenty of investors who had forgotten the long history of Argentine defaults, and today, that bond trades at 40 cents on the dollar (which is a 60% loss!)

Bonds carry another risk that is more pronounced the longer maturities are, and the more dramatic the interest moves become as we get closer to zero. For example, a 30-year bond that pays 2% will drop a whole 20% (its duration is about 21 years) if the rates go up by 1 percentage point. If we were to hold the bond until maturity (30 long years) we will receive the whole principal, but if we were to sell it after a rate increase like that, we’d be facing a roughly 20% loss. The lower the rates are, the further we reach out with bond maturities seeking some yield, the HIGHER the risk to principal we take on.

As we at Sicart call ourselves investors with an infinite horizon, we try to understand the risks before we reach for rewards. Our investment approach is not only to select what we would like to own, but also to identify what we choose never to own. We passed on the 100-year Argentine bonds and steer clear of most emerging-market bonds for that matter. We seek yield, but we remain disciplined and cautious. Dividends are a big consideration when we pick stocks for our clients’ portfolios because in sideways markets, dividends matter even more. Yet we never overlook the risk to the principal.

It’s not just stocks and bonds where trouble might be hiding; we also remind our clients that not all money market funds are all the same. For seven years, money market funds, checking accounts, and most savings accounts paid zero in US dollars. In the last three years, given briefly higher interest rates, we saw a 1-2% yield in money market funds. We actually took the time to learn why some market money funds pay a little more versus the others: it turns out the assets they hold are not the same, and don’t have the same risk profile. Money market funds broke the proverbial buck during the Great Recession: their value fell below par. Sometimes chasing the additional 5-10 basis point of yield isn’t worth the risk.

Or is it an opportunity in disguise…

It might be the worst of times for income seekers, but it might be the best of times for asset holders. This peculiar predicament gives us a great opportunity to move investments from high- risk, highly-inflated assets to those that are more attractively priced, and could offer a growing income over time. If you are a tech billionaire and want to move out of your parents’ basement, maybe this would be a good time to trade some of your shares for dividend-paying quality stocks available at good prices. If you are sitting on an appreciated portfolio of stocks, this might be the moment to consider whether they’re the best stocks to hold for the next 5-10 years.

Although the U.S. market is stuck range bound for 18 months now, this doesn’t tell you the whole story. After few market sell-offs in the last couple of years we see lots of stocks that are down 30-50% or more, some trading at 5- to 10- or even 20-year lows. Many of them, it’s true, for the right reasons; but others show plenty of potential to recover, grow, and even pay a decent dividend.

It might be the worst of times for passive investors and closet indexers, but it’s getting to be an increasingly exciting time for active managers and true stock pickers who take the time to see what they buy, and why!

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski | Published September 4nd, 2019

What I learned sailing over an underwater volcano

Earlier this summer, with gusting wind in my hair, fine sand between my toes, and harsh salt on my hands, I was sitting at the helm of a 40-foot (12 meters) sailing catamaran. As a sailor I know that alertness and preparation are crucial to not only enjoyment but even, frankly, survival, in some conditions and locations. A particularly treacherous stretch of this trip was the crossing from the island of Carriacou to Grenada (in the Lesser Antilles, Caribbean Sea).  A strong current coming from the Atlantic Ocean forcefully pushes boats right over a 4,300 foot (1,300 meters) active underwater volcano, surrounded by many hydrothermal vents that can produce hot water and gas. If you manage to stay out of the maritime exclusion zone surrounding the volcano, you may quickly find yourself too close to a series of sharp rocks. Most of them protrude of the water by tens of feet, but one is deceptively submerged in a mere five feet of water, ready to pierce any boat’s hull in seconds. The only safe way to navigate this passage is to be careful and patient.

One of my fellow crew members on this cruise was a dear friend, Jake Taylor. In addition to being a great interviewer and a gifted investor, Jake is also an author of a phenomenal investing book that came out earlier this year – The Rebel Allocator. His book caught the attention of none other than the legendary Charlie Munger, Warren Buffett’s long-term business partner. Jake has a talent for asking great questions, and it is no surprise that during this passage our conversation quickly took us in a very interesting direction – our strengths and weaknesses. It was fascinating to note the way sailing and investing put both to a real test! And Jake’s question got me thinking about my strengths and weakness as a stock picker.

A moment of introspection

I spend a fair amount of time looking back at all my investment ideas, including any stock I have seriously contemplated buying over the years. I try to learn as much as possible not only from my successes, but even more from my mistakes. Apart from spending time with clients, and speaking about what we do as investment advisors to help families and entrepreneurs keep and grow their fortunes, what I enjoy the most is the search for new investment ideas. I actually think of it as a treasure hunt!

The only effective way to learn from introspection is to be absolutely honest with yourself. I concluded that I have at least three strengths and at least one weakness when it comes to investing. I am great at spotting true investment “lemons” that can turn sour in a heartbeat, and do true damage to any portfolio, much as a sharp rock can shipwreck a boat at sea. I don’t experience the fear of missing out by chasing very risky high-flying stocks or seemingly alluring bays surrounded by deceptively shallow reefs. I am also endlessly patient in buying and selling my holdings, like a ship’s captain seeking the best route, and the safest anchorage for the night. My biggest weakness, though, is my inability to predict the future, notably the full potential of my stock picks. I tend to grossly underestimate their ultimate value … the same way that I usually underestimate the speed the sailing vessel can fetch on any passage!

Avoiding lemons

I vividly remember my first meeting and long conversation with my future mentor, boss, and partner – Mr. François Sicart. I was much more interested in ways not to lose money than curious about the ways to make it. We spoke about the internet bubble that, when it burst, took people’s savings and fortunes with it. We also discussed Enron, which turned out to be a fraud and led to huge losses for many gullible investors. Mr. Sicart explained that the internet bubble was a trying period for disciplined investors, who didn’t give in to the madness, while Enron was a company he looked into, but passed on it because the accounting and the business itself didn’t make sense, and raised too many questions.

In the years since then I have identified three red flags that discourage me from investing in companies:

  • TOO MUCH DEBT: Any company that borrows heavily runs the risk of being unable to pay it off or even pay interest on it. Thus, a promising but debt-laden business can actually go bankrupt, wiping clean all shareholders. After a decade of cheap credit, many companies have taken on excessive debt, becoming vulnerable in a downturn. This source of trouble is relatively easy to spot as long as a company’s filings are honest and accurate, and no debt is hidden off the balance sheet.
  • QUESTIONABLE MANAGEMENT: I never forget that individuals run businesses. Even when the numbers look fantastic (as they did for Enron), if there are any reasons to believe that the management is pursuing illegal or unethical practices, it’s wise to stay away. Unfortunately, questionable managements have a gift for selling investors on a very convincing story. The best test? If something sounds too good to be true, pay attention. Very often for me, the warning is just a hunch I can’t ignore – a feeling that I wouldn’t leave my wallet with the people I’m meeting. When that happens, I am happy to walk away.
  • SECULAR DECLINE: Every industry and every business goes through life stages. They emerge and grow only to stagnate, shrink and fade away. Historically, companies would take decades to earn dominance of their markets, and decline was similarly slow. Today, we see $100B+ companies with massive underlying businesses that didn’t exist 10-20 years ago. We also see $100B+ companies fall from their peak in a few short years. To me, secular decline means the period in a company’s life when the business diminishes consistently and irreversibly. Recently, we’ve seen an accelerated decline in the retail industry, for example. Shopping has moved online, and store visits have been falling for years, leading to countless bankruptcies. Too often though, a secular decline can be mistaken for a cyclical downturn or just a passing hiccup in long-term growth. For me, correctly identifying the less obvious secular declines is the hardest part of identifying potential investment lemons.

Free of FOMO

Fortunately, I have not developed a frequent ailment among investors, i.e.  fear of missing out, or FOMO. A rising stock with a convincing leadership can be seductive, and it’s easy to ignore many red flags. Not long ago, I wrote about a South African furniture retailer (When Bottom-Up Research Helps Top-Down Understanding) which not only became a major global player with acquisitions across Europe and the United States, but whose leadership was dubbed as visionary by the most respectable financial periodicals. I kept watching its meteoric rise with great curiosity. We at Sicart never bought it, fortunately. In late 2017, the CEO resigned and the stock fell 96% after fraud was discovered, with over $10 billion in overstated profits and assets. This case study is a classic example of all three qualities of an investment lemon occurring at the same time: questionable management used excess debt to cover up a secular decline in its industry – retail.

Patient buyer

As a kid, I remember planting lots of trees with my parents: pines, birches, oaks, alders, walnuts, fruit trees, even junipers and magnolias. It was a great lesson in patience. I remember how at first, I used to check in on them daily with a growing disappointment in their lack of progress.

Investing is very similar. First, we need to take the time to get to know a new potential investment opportunity. Second, we might have to wait for the price to come down. Third, once we buy the stock, we may have to wait for the returns to come. Nothing matters more in investing than patience, and most of us need to develop it over time.

After my last year’s trip to California Redwoods, I decided to plant a sequoia tree (You may have read about this in earlier articles). I got a few seeds, planted them according to the instructions that came with them, and now I’m watching five little trees (sprouts, really) get slightly bigger every month.  Those sequoias my take my experiment in patience to a whole new level, like no birch or pine ever could!

To make my professional life easier, I like to keep a wish list of companies I would like to own at some point. Many I may never buy, because I won’t buy any stock at an all-time high price. But once a stock ends up on the list, I just wait. Sometimes months, sometimes years. It is surprising how often my patience pays off and wish-list ideas end up becoming attractively priced. Even when the price is right, though, I don’t rush. I don’t know where the bottom is for any stock, so at Sicart we buy them gradually, sometimes over months or even years. Each of those investment opportunities is a small piece of a bigger puzzle, building an ever bigger, enduring family fortune. Time works in our favor. Time, in fact, is the biggest asset the family wealth can actually have!

Predicting the future

The investment profession is obsessed with attempts to predict what’s next. We want to know if the economy will grow 3.2% or 3.4%. We try to guess if the Federal Reserve will move the interest rate by 25bps to 50bps. Stock analysts attempt to forecast quarterly per share earnings down to the last penny. Which, when you think about it for a minute, is not just impossible but also useless. A global company with operations in 100 countries, sourcing inputs from 50 countries, buying, selling, and reporting in dozens of currencies, is subject to numerous external forces. They include not just economic and political developments, changing consumer preferences, but even weather patterns that can seriously disrupt trade. (Think of hurricanes or, yes, volcanic eruptions, that can ground planes for days.) How can a 22-year-old analyst in a dark gray cubicle in downtown Manhattan predict earnings with pinpoint accuracy of a single penny?

I strongly believe that it’s not that single penny’s worth of earnings that makes or breaks a company. Instead, it’s the long-term ability to generate lasting and growing cash flows. I count these cash flows in hundreds of millions or tens of billions, and let the Wall Street analysts lose sleep over the pennies.

However, knowing how to avoid lemons and having the patience to correctly time your stock purchases are not all that’s needed to succeed. It’s also essential to see the full potential of your investments. I always assume that if I buy the right stock at the right price, the upside will take care of itself. I can’t forecast the full potential of most of my holdings, or the timeframe that will produce it. If anything, a lot of my picks tend to go nowhere for more time than most can bear, only to rise in a very satisfying way. What I lack in forecasting skills, I make up with my biggest strength — patience.

An even more patient seller – Letting them run

I don’t think that every weakness has to be turned into a strength. To be honest, I can’t think of many ways that I could improve my forecasting abilities, but I’m fully aware of my weakness, and I make my decisions accordingly. Since I eliminate so many investment opportunities by weeding out the lemons from my idea list, and I give myself all the time needed to make the right purchase at the right price, I just have to make sure I hold on to my stocks long enough to realize their full potential, letting them run or even, sometimes, fly.

Many investors like to have a price target in mind. They think, “If I bought XYZ at $10, I need to sell it at $20.” I have never been fond of price targets. Looking back over my record, the best picks doubled or tripled in price. Some even rose by a factor of ten, or became “tenbaggers,” as legendary fund manager Peter Lynch liked to say.

Mind your own race

On another trip last year, we watched a sailboat pass us by rushing to get to the anchorage ahead of everyone, and definitely ahead of us. Apparently, New Yorkers’ commuter habits die hard even if you are standing behind a helm of a sailing vessel. Once we cleared the peninsula, we got to see our front runner sitting still on one end of the bay awkwardly leaning to one side. The boat was stuck on a reef aptly called “the bareboat bounce”, where anxious boat renters take an easy shortcut into the bay unknowingly risking running aground. We passed them with ease, and comfortably found a good spot for the night. Hours later a few local fishermen made a little money helping the speedy cruiser get off the reef. The next day, we got to see the captain snorkel around his boat assessing the damage. The are many shortcuts in life, sailing and investing, but not all of them are worth taking!

This experience reminded me of Ben Graham’s, the father of value investing words (who lived through both the Roaring 1920s, and the Great Depression) :

“The best way to measure your investing success is not by whether you’re beating the market but by whether you’ve put in place a financial plan and a behavioral discipline that are likely to get you where you want to go. In the end, what matters isn’t crossing the finish line before anybody else but just making sure that you do cross it.”

With the U.S. equity market hovering at all time highs for many reasons that may not be sustainable, it’s good to reflect for a moment and ask ourselves — what race we are in, where shallow reefs might be hiding, what really matters, what our finish line is, and most of all, whether we have the right plan and the discipline to get there.

Conclusion

In investing, as in sailing, you can’t avoid confronting your weaknesses. But it’s much more constructive to play up your strengths and use your weaknesses to guide you on your path. On our ten-day catamaran voyage, whenever someone asked me how soon we would get to the next destination, I would always say, “Probably under two hours,” — only to hop to another island in under one hour. I can’t accurately estimate any stock’s full potential because there are too many moving parts; I can’t accurately estimate the time any sail will take. I do like to study the charts, and give myself plenty of time, the same as I do my thorough research before I buy stocks cheaply, and I give them plenty of time to run — and possibly even fly!

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published:

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Your Money Manifesto: The Three Rules of Thumb!

Easy to share and print PDF: Your Money Manifesto

If I had only one sheet of paper and could only write down three rules of thumb for starting, building, and keeping a family fortune while living a happy, fulfilling, peaceful life, these would be my choices:  I) Save half of what you make, II) Invest in a 60/40 portfolio III) Live by the 4% rule! Ready to hear more?

1. START your family fortune by saving half of what you make

Earn, save, invest – you have probably heard or read this mantra in my book, articles, and talks. I strongly believe that everyone should become a successful lifelong investor, and have their money make money for them. This attitude was expressed very clearly in the simple wisdom that Benjamin Franklin shared: “A penny saved is two pence clear.”  We’ve also read the same ideas in one of my favorite books, George S. Clason’s The Richest Man in Babylon, published in 1926 and still popular today. In blogs and podcasts, today’s FIRE movement (Financial Independence, Retire Early) has recently made strides reviving interest in saving and investing. As simple as the idea is, what really brought it home for me was a straightforward formula (I like math, but I really love simple). It might be aspirational, and it may feel extreme, but if you can save half of what you make, each year of work buys you one whole year of retirement or vacation. 1 for 1 becomes 3 for 1* though if you save 75%, and at that rate you can retire in under 9 short years with at least 25 years’ worth of savings. This brings us to the 4% rule below.  I’m a big proponent of living a life that you don’t have to retire or vacation from, though I wholeheartedly agree with FIRE followers that work is better if you don’t need the money. It could take only 9 years to get there! That’s as close as you’ll get to a total no-fail get-rich scheme that should work for almost anyone.

2. BUILD your family fortune by investing in a 60/40 Portfolio

Your savings have to work for you. There is no one-size-fits all investment strategy because there are so many variables (including your age, your investment horizon, and your risk tolerance). However, if you are looking for a rule of thumb, this is a time-tested one. Investing 60% in stocks and 40% in bonds, you get the best of two worlds. Stocks give you upside and dividends, while bonds give you income and less volatility. This straightforward approach can generate very attractive returns. A recent ten-year study carried out by Markov Processes International showed that Ivy League endowments with more exotic, alternative, less liquid investments have actually lagged a simple 60-40 portfolio**. There’s an argument to be made that with the longest bull market in stocks and bonds behind us, neither stocks or bonds are attractive today. Still, if you can invest regularly over the next few decades, the same 60-40 portfolio will help you benefit from the downs, and capture the ups in the market in the long run. Discipline and patience will matter more than timing. At Sicart we don’t stick to any preset portfolio allocation; we tend to be lighter on stocks later in a bull market, and heavier on stocks at the bottom of the bear market. We also prefer to pick individual stocks based on our risk/reward preference. Still, if we had to rely on autopilot, 60/40 portfolio and using index funds to accomplish that is a good place to start.

3. KEEP your family fortune by living by the 4% Rule (or 25x rule)

Congratulations, you have a million dollars! How much can you spend each year without diminishing your nest egg? 4%, or $40,000. What if you need $100,000 to live comfortably? Multiply it by 25, and you have your number: $2,500,000. That’s how you meet your desired lifestyle goal by following the 4% rule. In 1998, an influential paper by three professors of finance at Trinity University in San Antonio, Texas tested a number of stock and bond mixes with 15 to 30-year payouts. They concluded that “if history is any guide for the future, then withdrawal rates of 3% & 4% are extremely unlikely to exhaust any portfolio of stocks and bonds during any of the payout periods studied.” More studies with similar results were conducted since then. Our experience managing family fortunes over generations confirms that a 3% to 4% annual withdrawal rate is a reasonably good, and helpful yardstick in practice.

It’s very important to remember that we are not looking for perfection. It is secondary if you hit some ambitious savings rate, maintain a perfectly invested portfolio at all times or never spend more than 4% of what you have, what matters is the discipline to actually save, invest, and let it grow without spending all on the way. As Norman Vincent Peale famously said: “Shoot for the moon. Even if you miss, you’ll land among the stars.”

As with any rules, they might be widely known, but they only matter if they are followed. A longtime client reminded us recently that he knows well what the rules are, but he values us most for helping him to actually stick to them through thick and thin.

Happy Living, Happy Saving, Happy Investing! Bogumil Baranowski | Published: April 25th, 2019

*If A% is the percentage of your after-tax income that you save or your savings rate, and B% is the percent of your after-tax income that you live on, then A% divided by B% equals number of years of retirement or vacation you can afford for each year of work. You’ve probably figured out that A% + B% = 100%. 50% divided by 50% equals 1 – 1 for 1, while 75% savings rate, gives us 75% divided by 25% or 3! 3 for 1.

** MPI used the following 60-40 portfolio: The domestic 60% equity (S&P 500 Index), 40% bond (Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index). The 60-40 portfolio was rebalanced daily, and returns are gross of trading costs or other fees.

Disclosure: This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

 

Fortune Keeper’s Dilemma: The Three “Whys”

About a year ago, in California, I had the great pleasure of giving a TEDx talk on investing. It was a warm April evening, and the organizers generously hosted an outdoor book signing for me. Over the next couple of hours about a hundred attendees of all ages shared with me not just their impressions of the talk, but also their stories about money, wealth, and investing. There were college students who had made their first money buying a stock, parents saving for their kids’ educations, and those who had just inherited wealth from their grandparents. Everyone had a story, but most of them also had a question: if building and keeping a family fortune is such a challenge, why should anyone bother?

In a strange way, talking about money is the last taboo. Business schools around the world teach how to earn it and make it grow but no one teaches how to live with money. It’s personal, intimate, and emotional. Egos and traditions (national, family, religious) are involved. Thanks to my professional commitment to family wealth preservation, I’ve heard many fascinating stories from veteran wealth creators as well as their inheritors. I like to think that my exposure to the values and the process involved have given me a helpful perspective.

Over the years I have come to know many people I think of as “fortune keepers.” One thing they have in common is three fundamental priorities. Fortune keepers nurture their wealth:

  • for themselves
  • for their loved ones
  • for their communities and their causes

Or for all three of those reasons in one combination or another. Let’s look at them one by one.

  1. For yourself: Why secure your own future?

Your nest egg

This comes up both in conversations with those early in their career who experience sudden wealth, and with others who are getting ready to slow down and retire. How can I make my money last, how long will it last, when can I retire – these are some of the questions we hear. The source of the wealth may come from a business or a career success, or an inheritance or both. If it comes over time, earned, and saved, one can ease into the new responsibilities and challenges. Often enough though, it’s a fairly sudden event – sale of a business or a piece of it, large share compensation from a generous employer, or meaningful inheritance from a loved one. We know that in the end, all we want is to enjoy the fruits of our work or the blessings that can come with inheritance received from our loved ones; but where do we start?

Risks and Rewards: the Happy Middle

If a large sum comes to us with a low likelihood of repeating the event, we need to look at the capital as irreplaceable. This is capital that must last for decades. Instinctively, we might choose to do nothing, holding it close and letting it sit earning very little. The trouble is that money loses value over time. A moderate 3% inflation will halve the buying power of a dollar in 25 years! Taking huge risks with that capital might expose us to unnecessary dangers, but inaction may do equal damage. A happy middle is the path we at Sicart like to advise. We stick to our investment discipline while we compound and grow capital over time, while avoiding taking risks of a permanent loss.

Self-reliance or dependence?

We all want to live in peace, security, and comfort. We seemingly have two choices. We can either rely on ourselves to provide those good things, or trust that the government will take care of us when we need help. It is the latter scenario that may get us off the hook, and gives us a false sense of security that we don’t have to worry about our financial future.

Self-reliance used to be the only choice, and still is for many today. I was reminded of this recently when I had the opportunity to visit what’s left of an immigrant waiting room in New York City. This was the place where, after a long sea voyage, newcomers from abroad waited for medical and legal inspections that would permit them to settle in America. They had come with a sense of responsibility and a lofty dream. Today, in a growing part of the developed world, citizens believe the government is there to help, provide, and secure their well-being no matter what. That’s a big promise, and a risky assumption.

Today, U.S. Social Security offers full benefits starting at the age of 66-67, while average life expectancy is around 80 years. That’s very different than the retirement age of 70, and the life expectancy of 45 under Otto von Bismarck’s first retirement pension almost 150 years ago.  Today, the number of retired workers grows by a whopping 10,000 every day. According to the Social Security Administration (2017 Annual Report). benefits in the U.S. will start running deficits in three short years, and deplete its reserves by the 2030s.

The younger generation today, with their distrust of institutions, may instinctively grasp how their future could be very different from that of their parents, and how they will have to be more self-reliant. FIRE (Financial Independence, Retire Early) proponents that recently brought new interest and excitement around saving and investing, also choose to grow their nest eggs on their own, striving for their financial independence at a young age instead hoping for government checks later.

On one hand, the benefits will be under pressure, while on the other hand, we live longer and longer, thus needing more income for more years. Meanwhile while the biggest expense of later years – health care costs — is rising. The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services report that the annual health care spending for those 65 and older is 5 times higher than spending per child.

Dreaming big!

The pressure on government entitlement programs like Medicare and Social Security might be reason enough to opt for self-reliance. We could actually take this thinking a step further, and think of our baseline living expense as a benchmark. It’s helpful to know that the average Social Security benefit for retired workers is around $17,000 a year. How much would we need to maintain a lifestyle we are accustomed to? Will the government pension match our expectation?

For anyone enjoying the blessings of sudden wealth at any point of their life, it’s worth asking – how much do I need to feel comfortable? And how long might I need to make that last?

If our healthier lifestyles add few more decades to our life expectancy, and technological innovation makes healthcare increasingly cheaper, your nest egg will not go to waste. Instead, it will serve you longer, and you will have more to leave behind or give away. What a great feeling it is to have that kind of choice, that kind of freedom!

  1. For your loved ones: Why pass it on?

We all wish the best life possible for our loved ones, especially in the next generation. The immigrants waiting in that cramped room on Ellis Island in New York Harbor sought new opportunities for their children and communities. Those selling a business today, cashing a large pay package or nurturing a family nest egg, have the same hopes and wishes for the next generation.

The biggest advantage: education

In many conversations with entrepreneurs, wealth creators, and inheritors, we at Sicart Associates hear how much they value education. In my own family, my parents and grandparents always told us that education was something that we would have even if we lost everything else. There was no question that I had to finish college, and once I got going, I walked away with two Masters degrees from two different countries. I was lucky enough to get generous scholarships, and benefit from public education in Europe. However, my experience is very different from that of many American friends. With the cost of college education skyrocketing over the last 30 years, at the same time as wages stagnated, affordability becomes an issue. To address this problem, many U.S. students take out loans which recently reached a grand total of $1.5 trillion for 44.7 million borrowers. The current trend seems unsustainable, but unless something major changes, we can expect the next generations to be burdened with ever higher cost and bigger loans.

Gainful employment

Worse yet, as young people are trying to gain educations and develop marketable skills, the jobs they are preparing for may not even exist. Last year’s study from Gartner Consulting suggests that as many as 4 out 10 jobs could be replaced by Artificial Intelligence in the next 10 years.

What’s more, labor markets are consolidating. A Brooklyn-based web designer faces competition from all over the globe, and rates for work delivered are becoming more international rather than local. Where work is done may soon be irrelevant. That doesn’t bode well for wage growth. Trade wars and the decline of manufacturing have captured the public imagination but the international service economy may face even bigger challenges. There might be no way to avoid them, but it might be wise to stay agile, and adapt.

Expensive education, disappearing jobs

Given the changing global employment picture, in the not-too distant future young people may begin their careers with less-favorable conditions than what their parents found. Some believe we are already there. If that’s the case, and if we want to ensure that the next generation has the best life possible, leaving something behind suddenly sounds like a much better idea!

Warren Buffett’s wise take on this subject is: “You should leave your children enough so they can do anything, but not enough so they can do nothing.” Providing them with education, safety, and support as they face an ever-changing labor market might be a good place to start.

The last few decades have witnessed the greatest wealth creation in history. The greatest wealth transfer is expected to occur over the next few decades. Many more households than ever will take on the challenge of multi-generation wealth preservation. As investment advisors with half a century of experience guiding family fortunes over many generations, we are happy to help.

  1. For your community and your causes, and the world at large – Why give it away?

A thousand ways to give back

At different times, I have donated money to causes large and small: from museums to schools to a group of crazy world travelers raising money to sail around the world. I love the oceans, and when I had the chance few years ago, I volunteered to clean up the bottom of a little bay, picking up plastic bottles and cans on Earth Day while scuba diving in the Caribbean. There are thousands of ways to give back, and time, skills, and effort are just as welcome as money.

You or the government?

Attitudes toward giving vary around the world. In the US, it’s more visible, in Europe, more private. The attitude toward financial success and risk taking varies, too. I can say from first-hand experience that in Europe, many believe that the government is already doing necessary pro bono work through collecting big taxes from everyone’s paycheck. Statistics show that countries with more prominent welfare programs have a substantially smaller level of charitable giving. Europeans tend to believe that government should be a vehicle for redistribution. Are we all off the hook, then?

Philanthropy means love of humanity

But of course, the government can’t take care of everything. In fact, small, nimble organizations can sometimes better support causes that matter to you.  Many borrow the best practices from the business world to bring success in the non-profit arena. When I wrote a series of articles entitled  Blessings and Curses of Inherited Wealth, I interviewed authors, inheritors, wealth creators, and foundation executives. I heard how philanthropy helped many give back, find a fulfilling pursuit, and feel a part of the community. I keep learning how today there are many more ways to give, and we can do it with better transparency.

How to give?

You may decide that your wealth can serve better the world at large, and choose to give most or all away. In 2010, Warren Buffett and Bill Gates announced inspiring the wealthiest people give at least half of their wealth away to philanthropic causes.

Even if you decide to give some or most away, it would be even more helpful if initial gift continued to grow over decades as it serves the causes you hold highly for generations to come.

A 100 years of giving

The example of Andrew Carnegie comes to mind. Once he sold Carnegie Steel, he took on a whole new challenge – giving it all away. Libraries, education and world peace were the most important to him. He donated to a number of organizations in the US and the UK, but his largest donation really stands out. It went to the Carnegie Corporation of New York. At the time, this was the largest charitable trust which started with $125 million in 1911-1912. Despite a hundred years of giving it still has $3 billion (2019) which continue to grow, while it promotes “the advancement and diffusion of knowledge and understanding” – as Andrew Carnegie intended.

As investment advisors, we have had experience not only keeping and growing family fortunes for the benefit of original owners, but also for many generations that followed, and for the communities and causes they hold dearly.

Your Path

When it comes to keeping and growing a family fortune, any combination of the three reasons above is possible, and may feel right for you. Your individual circumstances, your family realities, and your generous giving will help shape the choices you make.

Hope for the best, prepare for the worst?

In life and investing, it pays to be optimistic. If we didn’t believe in a bright future, we’d live paycheck to paycheck without investing. But we’d rather be surprised on the upside than painfully disappointed. If healthcare costs fall over time, and we live healthier lives and need less medical care, we’ll have lower expenses, fewer worries, and more money to spend on travel or new experiences. If education costs drop, and all kids have the same access and opportunities, they’ll use their college funds to travel the world and start businesses. If labor market flourishes with AI, and wages rise, your saved capital will let you invest in new businesses relying on said AI. It’s a win-win. Whatever the future may hold, it pays to plan ahead, building and keeping a family fortune for you, your loved ones, your community and your causes.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski | Published: April 18th, 2019

 

Disclosure: This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Eyes on the (snow)ball!!

Like most people, I often get asked what I do for a living. The short answer would be, “I work in finance.” But the accurate answer would be, “I invest money for families and entrepreneurs with a hundred-year investment horizon.” More specifically, my goal is avoiding the risk of a permanent loss of capital while I compound (grow) that capital, with multiple generations in mind. A more vivid description comes from Charlie Munger, Warren Buffett’s business partner, who compares this kind of investing to rolling a snowball down a hill. The higher the hill, the longer the snowball rolls. And as it rolls, it picks up both size and speed. In other words, the longer slope (or investment horizon) nets you the bigger snowball (or investment return).

Investing made simple

Investing might not be easy, but it can be simple. The financial industry tends to overcomplicate what investing is all about, with its talk of alphas and betas, tracking errors, benchmarks, and volatility. Meanwhile, the theoretically perfect money manager would be someone who invests with no risk, and manages to track the market’s performance while at the same time beating it regularly! Obviously, that’s not possible: there are no rewards without risks, and there is no way to outperform the stock market without daring to be very different.

When you are put in charge of a significant fortune, you don’t think in terms of alphas, betas, and tracking errors. You have three most important questions:

What do I do not to lose it all?

How can I make it last?

How will it grow over the long run?

This is where we at Sicart Associates can help. The renowned value investor Howard Marks says that “nobody can provide a rule that will work all the time; the best we can do is to supply a way of thinking that works most of the time.” What sets us apart as a company is that we don’t offer a product, but a way of thinking. We don’t see ourselves as a business, but rather a lifelong practice, serving our clients to the best of our abilities. What we provide is not a cost to bear, but an investment in our clients’ long-term financial success.

Our way of thinking

There are three pillars to the way we think about our clients’ capital. First, it is money they can’t afford to lose. Second, we have at least a hundred-year investment horizon. Finally, we choose our investments on the basis of value. It is important to us that we invest our clients’ money following the same principles that we employ for our own money. We eat our own cooking.

(1) Money we can’t afford to lose

If there is one common characteristic among our current and prospective clients, it is how they view their capital. To put it simply, it’s the money they can’t afford to lose. Whether it’s their lifetime’s savings or inheritance, it’s the most precious capital they will ever have because it is irreplaceable. For that reason, we treat it with utmost respect and care.

(2) The right goal, the right time frame

Even the right way of thinking isn’t enough without the right goals and the right time frame. As my dear mentor Jay Hughes writes in his book Family Wealth: Keeping It in the Family, “Families often fail to apply the appropriate time frames for successful wealth preservation.” As a result, their planning often proves to be too short-term and the goals too modest.

We at Sicart like to think in terms of at least a century. The familiar proverb “Shirtsleeves to shirtsleeves in three generations” exists across cultures, suggesting how universally family wealth is dispersed within that time span. Our generous ideal investing horizon allows us to prove the old maxim wrong. Our goal is to double our clients’ money over and over again. If we reach that goal every 5 to 15 years (which translates to 5%-15% total annual returns), our clients will do just fine in the long run.

(3) Pay less, get more

We make sure that our clients’ capital is gainfully employed at the most opportune time and at the most attractive terms. We do this – over and over again — by buying stocks for much less than they are worth. As Warren Buffett wrote in his Ground Rules, “I cannot promise results to partners. What I can and do promise is that our investments will be chosen on the basis of value, not popularity.”

Renowned value investor and CEO of Baupost Group Seth Klarman put it this way in a 2008 interview with the Harvard Business School Alumni website: “Value investing is intellectually elegant. You’re basically buying bargains. It also appeals because all the studies demonstrate that it works. People who chase growth, who chase high fliers, inevitably lose because they paid a premium price. They lose to the people who have more patience and more discipline. Third, it’s easy to talk in the abstract, but in real life you see situations that are just plain mispriced, where an ignored, neglected, or abhorred company may be just as attractive as others in the same industry. In time, the discount will be corrected, and you will have the wind at your back as a holder of the stock.”

In Summary

Our objective is not the right beta, alpha or tracking error. We simply strive to avoid the risk of a permanent loss of capital, while we compound said capital over multiple generations.

On a recent client call, as we were making our way through the biggest market sell-off in years, a longtime client made a comment that I’ve cherished. He said, “While others panic, you are doing exactly what you said you’d do.” As long as we remain disciplined, and stand by our way of thinking through the ups and downs of the market, we’ll be serving our clients well. We are not money managers only for the bull market, but for all markets, and for generations. We keep our eyes on the snowball, and we let it roll!

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

Published: March 18th, 2019

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The most precious dollars

What does counting pennies have to do with keeping and growing a family fortune?

My fiancée Megan and I recently spent an entire evening watching an old movie while counting coins. We’d been letting them collect in an oversized fish bowl. Megan had run to the bank earlier that day to get paper tubes to sort the denominations. I know there are easier ways to do it, but we wanted to have some fun with it. We were both eager to see how much we had amassed. Among hundreds of coins, we found one big surprise that made it all worth it! More on that in a little bit.

The money we CANNOT afford to lose

That experience made me think of the process of saving and building capital. It also reminded me how precious that saved or inherited capital really is, and how difficult – maybe even impossible — it might be to replace. Every inheritance represents the savings of past generations. Each dollar of inheritance or savings is a dollar that went through battlefield after battlefield, and each dollar required to replace it will have to take an equally grueling path.

With that humbling observation in mind, we at Sicart make each and every investment decision for the sake of the life savings or inheritance entrusted to us. We always say: “This is the money our clients cannot afford to lose” and we treat it with the utmost respect and care. This idea is unfortunately shared by fewer and fewer money managers these days. Among them, though, is the thoughtful Swiss-based investor Anthony Deden, who says this about family wealth: “Respect the fact that is really irreplaceable. It represents a lifetime’s worth of savings.”

From a paycheck to your pocket

Let’s explore for a minute that grueling path taken by each dollar of those savings before ending up safe in an individual’s bank account. That dollar probably starts as $5 or maybe even $10 on a paycheck. It’s slashed by an employer’s payroll tax contribution, and then by the employee’s payroll contribution, only to be taxed at the federal, state and local levels. If you are a fortunate high earner in a high-tax zip code, the total taxes subtracted from your paycheck could amount to 15% (total payroll) plus 37% (federal) plus 12-13% (state and local). That’s as much as 65% (or almost two-thirds!) stripped away before you see your dollars. Each ten-dollar bill ($10) turns into three single dollar bills and 2 quarters ($3.50) at today’s marginal rate in the U.S. (It could be even less in some higher-tax countries around the globe.) If you now subtract the cost of living and a few modest pleasures, you could end up keeping as little as 20% of your pre-tax pay. (By the way, earning less to fall under a lower tax bracket doesn’t really promote our savings goal here.)

From your pocket to the piggy bank

For this hypothetical $2 out of each $10 earned, the metaphorical journey to the bank isn’t even over. The biggest obstacle is our undying desire to spend! Behind every dollar that’s been successfully saved are endless feats of self-denial or personal sacrifice. For a child this might have meant no ice cream. In the adult world, sticking to a savings goal may mean keeping an old TV or an iPhone longer, driving an older car or foregoing a family trip. These may be the wise choices but they’re hard to stick with in a world where (as savings guru Dave Ramsey puts it) “We buy things we don’t need with money we don’t have to impress people we don’t like.”

Start early, start small

Speaking of ice cream and childhood, the first money I saved was through a school savings plan. This was in the late 1980s Cold War Poland. We children were encouraged to put money away and monitor the progress of our savings in a little green book. (The plan was actually started in the 1920s, and continues in some form today.) On the back of the green book was the motto “Learn to save.  Even little amounts can grow to big amounts.” Even communist Poland promoted the habit of saving money!

Listen to your Grandma

As meticulous as my little entries to the green book were, I learned my frugality less from the government initiatives than from my cost-conscious Grandma. She had grown up during the hardships of WW2 and lean post-war years. Following her example, I hardly ever pay full price for anything, from a pair of shoes to a scuba-diving trip. (And believe me, she still asks and keeps track!)

Old ideas come back in style

Frugality is in fashion again, among young and old alike. For some it’s a conscious choice – they want to start a nest egg and worry less about the future. For others, already burdened with student debt, frugality is necessary. The FIRE movement is catching on: “Financial Independence, and Retire Early.” Minimalism is shaping a new generation of consumers, while their parents downsize and learn the art of tidying up.

Why we can’t afford to lose it

Every dollar of savings, whether inherited or squirreled away through personal sacrifices, is the money we just can’t afford to lose. Why? Because it is so hard to earn it, save it, and grow it all over again! Charlie Munger, Warren Buffett’s business partner, has been the source of much common-sense financial wisdom. In Damn Right!: Behind the Scenes with Berkshire Hathaway Billionaire Charlie Munger) author Janet Lowe writes:

“Munger has said that accumulating the first $100,000 from a standing start, with no seed money, is the most difficult part of building wealth. Making the first million was the next big hurdle. To do that a person must consistently underspend his income. Getting wealthy, he explains, is like rolling a snowball. It helps to start on top of a long hill—start early and try to roll that snowball for a very long time. It helps to live a long life.”

And it helps to remember the immense effort it took to climb there, and how painful it would be to do it all over again. How do we stay rich then? Here’s some more folk wisdom: “Rich people stay rich by living like they are broke. Broke people stay broke by living like they’re rich.”

When taxation works for us

Once you have savings or inheritance, it pays to invest it not just because money makes more money. In addition, the tax rates on long-term capital gains and dividends are substantially lower than taxes on earned income, in most countries around the world. In the US, for example, taxes on long-term investments are roughly half of the rates we pay on earned income. Thus, our invested capital compounds faster. That’s yet another incentive to save.

***

To go back to that fish bowl full of coins – Megan and I counted up a grand total of $255 in nickels, dimes and quarters, quite a heavy load to take to the bank. Among hundreds of coins we found a real treasure in the form of a 1940s quarter! It looked more tarnished than the later quarters, and made a higher-pitched sound when dropped than the contemporary copper ones. It reminded me of the big heavy silver coins from 1930s Poland that my grandparents showed me when I was little – because U.S. quarters were made of 90% silver before the mid-1960s. So, the metal alone makes this quarter worth $3 today, 12 times what the denomination would imply!

Now, the big decision for us remains: what should we do with our casually-accumulated $255? Obviously, the fish bowl is neither the only nor the main way we save, but the growth of capital felt very real and tangible that day. As Benjamin Franklin wrote, “a penny saved is two pence clear.” So let the money double, and let your nickels, dimes, and quarters turn into hundred-dollar bills, where Franklin is waiting for you with a smile. Turn those Benjamins into shares of companies that will grow and prosper over a lifetime.

If no inheritance is coming your way – start saving, and if you have savings or inheritance already treat them with an utmost respect and care – it’s the most precious dollars you could ever have.

They are truly irreplaceable.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Fighting the currents; a metaphor for the next decade of stock investing

Our readers may remember that I love water, and especially scuba diving. I recently had the pleasure of logging in a few dives in the South Pacific, an experience like none other. We were dropped off at the opening of an atoll (a ring-shaped coral reef), where the ocean regularly pumps water through a half-mile wide, 100-foot-deep canyon, only to claim it back later in the day. That peculiar phenomenon creates a treacherous current that makes divers feel helpless as pebbles in a mountain stream.

As I was caught by this monstrous current during my recent dive, visibility dropped to a few feet, leaving me clueless as to where the ocean was taking me. None of my extensive diving experience, the hundreds of dives I’d completed, certificates of all kinds, was any help at all. The dive guide’s briefing, ahead of time, had warned us of this in advance. Still, as the current grabbed me, I remembered Mark Twain’s famous words —“What gets us into trouble is not what we don’t know. It’s what we know for sure that just ain’t so.” In that warm atoll, all my experience could have gotten me in trouble because I was in an environment with many completely new conditions. And that’s exactly how we at Sicart feel looking at the stock market environment today. In some respects, it looks familiar, yet it’s different enough from the past to get us into real trouble if we don’t pay attention.

We see at least five broadly held principles or tactics that have often worked well so far but could cause real trouble ahead: diversification, the “buy and hold” approach, passive investing, short-term thinking, and equating volatility with risk.

Diversification of investments is not enough; holding cash matters

Diversify, diversify, diversify – it’s a fundamental rule of investing. There’s a widely held belief that the more stocks, asset classes, sectors, and geographies are represented in a portfolio, the better. But in 2018 almost all asset classes produced negative returns for the year, something we haven’t seen in the history of finance. Maybe diversification is no longer the answer. In expectation of such a correlated sell-off of all assets, at Sicart we chose to do something controversial: we held more cash than usual. And while many asset prices lost value, cash did not, allowing us to put it to work while others panicked. We strongly believe that cash and cash equivalents, especially with today’s slightly higher interest rates, should be part of asset allocation, and should be seen as a truly uncorrelated asset that may come in handy over the next decade.

“Buy and hold” may not work, but stock-pickers will do well

As investors, we look for durable, increasing streams of cash flows generated by businesses that can grow and be profitable for as long as possible. The number of companies and industries that remain somewhat insulated from changes in technology and consumer preferences is diminishing, while the rest struggle to stay relevant amid “creative destruction.” This leads to an ever-shorter time span during which any major corporation can dominate the business world. Their tenure among the largest 500 companies has declined from 20 years (in the early 1990s) to under 10 years today. Buy and hold won’t work as well as it has. We see the next decade as an opportunity for true stock pickers who do their best to continuously stay ahead of the change, and who are more likely to capture the upside potential of newer, promising businesses.

Passive investing may fail as active managers could shine again

The last few decades have convinced us that being passive investors is the lowest cost, and the best choice to make. We have seen interest rates drop from 20% to almost 0%, half of the world rejoin the world economy after the Berlin Wall fell, and many more countries chose the path towards a free market economy, and a democracy.  Globalization took a major leap forward, lowering costs and opening new markets, with demographics helping boost the world economy as well.

But now, with interest rates trending up, the EU losing a major member, trade wars being fought, and demographics working against the market, many tailwinds will start to fade. For the next couple of decades, passively riding a wave of prosperity won’t be an option. US investors have been spoiled with a decade-long government-sponsored bull market fueled by ever-lower interest rates and ever-higher debt levels. If we look at European stocks or emerging markets, we’ll see that the US bull market was more of an exception than a rule and could easily be replaced by the sideways market trend of the rest of the world. In such a world, passive investors may be disappointed, while active managers will continuously look for and likely find new opportunities.

Short-term promises versus long-term success

The last ten years may have blurred the line between true investing (skill) and mere speculation (luck). With stocks rising higher and higher, and the investment horizon shrinking from years to months, many investment advisors and their clients might be in for a rude awakening.  In today’s market, it’s not possible to deliver the speedy gains some investors are used to. In addition, advisors may lose clients who haven’t adjusted their expectations to a more long-term focus. We see the next decade as promising for those who take a long-term view, recognizing investing as business ownership rather than trading paper for quick gains.

Volatility is not risk, it’s an opportunity in disguise

At some point the idea took hold that volatility — the movement up or down of a stock price –was an indicator of risk. In other words, if the stock price moved a lot, it was a risky investment. Many pricing models are built around this concept, facilitating billions if not trillions of short-term bets to be made on price movements.

In fact, a permanent loss of capital is the true risk — not volatility. If I buy shares in a company whose shares don’t move much, and the underlying business is eventually exposed as dead, fraudulent or bankrupt, my risk is the loss of my entire investment in that company. Its price movement until its ultimate demise has no bearing on the actual risk of loss I took on. Here’s another example: let’s say my stock moves up and down a lot, but I believe that it should be selling for 5 times the current price. If, in the worst case I sell it at cost or with a small loss, my risk is limited and small while the upside is very attractive. If anything, volatility creates opportunities for patient buyers to go shopping when others panic.

We believe that today’s lighting fast, tech-powered stock markets aren’t built to handle the growing political and economic instability, and if anything, they exacerbate the price movements in both directions. We see the next decade as offering an unprecedented pickup in volatility that will serve us well as we seek out more investment opportunities at great prices.

***

I made the best of out of my brief atoll scuba diving experience. Despite the bumpy start, the adventure ended happily, but only because we took the dive guide’s words to heart – “it’s nothing like any diving you have ever seen before.”

Looking at the stock market today, we say the same: what is ahead of us is nothing like we have ever seen before… let’s pay attention and act accordingly.

If you go diving in the South Pacific, pick the right guide, and if you are investing in stocks, pick the right advisor. Remember Mark Twain’s words because what we think we know for sure possibly ain’t so, and while there might be trouble ahead for many, we expect to find opportunities instead.

 

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski | French Polynesia

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Apples, oranges or mangoes? Three types of managers

Recently, I found myself exploring a charming little fruit stand on the island of Guadeloupe in the French Caribbean. While making difficult choices among the fruits on display, it occurred to me that my process was not unlike the challenge many clients face in selecting the right money manager. We often say that to make a fair comparison, you need to compare “apples to apples,” but the investment world features at least three types of managers. Their goals differ as do their appeal and their drawbacks.

Most financial advisors will fall into one of three categories: (1) the asset gatherers, (2) the seasonals, and (3) the capital builders.

 

The asset gatherers

As the name suggests, asset gatherers are almost exclusively focused on increasing their assets under management. To do that, they must appeal to the largest possible audience and find the right marketing channel to distribute their product – usually a fund or a family of funds. As a market segment, over the years, they experienced massive consolidation. There aren’t many truly big asset gatherers, but the few in existence hold trillions of dollars in client assets.

Asset gatherers usually appeal to investors who favor a more passive investing strategy. Traditionally their products track the largest indices, and to make marketing easier, they don’t veer too much away from their benchmarks.

Portfolio management for the asset gatherer requires holding a large number of stocks (usually hundreds or more), and very closely resembles the respective benchmark or index. The goal is not really to outperform any benchmark, but rather not to fall too far behind one for too long, and to continue to sell the product to the broadest audience. Big financial institutions tap into this market, offering their cookie-cutter products through massive distributions platforms such as retirement plans, broker platforms, and financial planning. One feature of asset gatherers is that they so closely follow benchmarks that clients might as well simply buy into low-cost index funds or ETFs (exchange traded funds). It’s a difficult task for many asset gatherers to convince clients that they offer anything beyond those low-cost alternatives. The truth is that ETFs are very quickly eating the lunch of traditional asset gatherers, and ETF providers have really become the asset gatherers themselves.

The performance of asset gathers tends to be closely linked to market trends. This has appeal in a bull market, naturally. But when the market sentiment turns, the clients experience major drawdowns. Unfortunately, they almost always panic and sell their funds, thus missing a recovery that usually follows. The most frequent challenge for the asset gatherers’ client is one of timing: joining a firm at the market peak, and leaving in panic at the bottom. Individual clients, due to their impatience, rarely get the best out of the passive approach. Asset gatherers experience big ebbs and flows in their client bases, but tend to survive market downturns thanks to “stickier” clients like big retirement or college education accounts.

Bottom line: If your money is invested with an asset gatherer, we recommend scrutinizing fees, and possibly switching to appropriate ETFs. Those offer a similar risk/return profile at a much lower cost. Furthermore, be aware that those funds will track the market, which means its falls as well as its rises. If you don’t want to endure the latter, you might consider a capital builder for your money manager!

 

The “seasonals”

We could think of asset gatherers as giants in the financial management field, which they dominate thanks to the magnitude of the assets under management, their reach, and their distribution. In contrast, the seasonals (a term we invented for the purpose of this article) specialize in occasionally striking overachievement across asset classes and investment styles, often thanks to higher risks. Luck usually plays a part in the seasonals’ success, but timing is the most important factor. Early clients reap the largest rewards and feel the seasonals’ often higher fees are justified, while clients who join the manager once the success of the investment theme or style has become well-known can experience big losses when tailwinds unexpectedly turn into headwinds.

Among the seasonals, some investment themes are repeat successes in the same industries, i.e emerging markets, Asian stocks, small caps, health care stocks, Nifty Fifty, FANGS, etc. The seasonals build their portfolio not to match any benchmark, but to attempt outperformance of every benchmark. The easiest way to do this is to overweight certain stocks, industries or market segments, and ride out the momentum as long as it lasts.

Those managers almost always eventually get hurt by unpredictable market shifts. Investment history shows that a rising tide may last years, but when the market changes heart, all the gains (and more!) can be wiped out in a matter of days or weeks. It’s almost impossible for anyone, even financial professionals, to predict turning points. If anything, seasonals may convince themselves and their clients that every correction is just a dip worth buying, until a real correction occurs that brings massive losses for clients. This is usually a fatal blow for the seasonal’s style of business, though some change strategy and turn into asset gatherers.

Bottom line: You can identify asset gatherers by their size. A seasonal, though, can be confused with a capital builder. The difference is in the time frame: capital builders invest for the long term, as we show below, while seasonals just want to win the nearest sprint.

 

Capital builders

If you prefer to invest at a low cost with passive participation in the markets, asset gatherers and ETFs could be your choice, although their success ebbs and flows with the general markets that they track. If you seek excitement and want to participate in current investment styles the seasonals might have something to offer. The danger there is that they sometimes overweight their biggest winners at the worst of times, and take on disproportionate risks to satisfy clients who joined them late in the manager’s cycle.

But if you are serious about growing your wealth and preserving your family fortune over decades and generations, the last category is the only one you should really consider. Capital builders tend to be hard to find, and even harder to identify. Why? Because on one hand, they are not in the business of gathering big assets, and, on the other hand, their performance wins very few of the short-term focused beauty contests.

They have a clear goal of compounding your wealth over long periods of time. They almost always retain clients through the ups and downs of the markets and grow their client base slowly and steadily. Most importantly, they view preservation of capital as their focus.

These money managers have learned that if you avoid a major loss of capital over decades, and you wisely put the money to work in quality investments patiently held over the years, your returns will be very respectable, and your wealth will not only be preserved, but will also grow.

The asset gatherers go up and down with the general markets that they track, the seasonals usually overweight their biggest winners at the worst of times, and take on disproportionate risks to satisfy clients who joined them late in the manager’s cycle.

It won’t surprise you to learn that we at Sicart identify ourselves as capital builders – we have no ambition to acquire the biggest asset base in the industry (though we see potential to attract a large number of new clients over the next years). Nor do we seek the highest return in any given year (though we may do better than most in some years). Our goal is the growth and preservation of our clients’ family fortunes and their life savings – which we treat with utmost care.

We have found that our investment style resonates most with families and entrepreneurs who choose us to nurture their life savings, family fortune or newly-created wealth so that it weathers all storms and serves them for many decades (or generations) to come.

Our portfolios are not built to match any benchmark as it is for the asset gatherers, and it is not built to outperform a short-lived investment theme. We buy gradually and sell gradually. We like to hold only 30-50 stocks that we buy opportunistically. We let the winning positions grow in a controlled fashion. We are quick to admit our mistakes and redeploy capital in more promising investments. We are comfortable lowering our equity exposure when the markets get overheated, and equally comfortable going on a shopping spree for new opportunities in the midst of a true market turmoil.

We will not beat the asset gatherers at their game, and we will not beat the seasonals at theirs. However, we aim to endure every kind of volatility and steadily continue to serve clients who value what we have to offer: growth and preservation – capital building over decades and generations.

Bottom line: Clients of asset gatherers might be better off investing in low-cost exchange- traded funds, while clients of “seasonal” managers, should consider allocating just a small portion of their portfolios to enticingly current investment theme. But those who earnestly wish to build and keep wealth over the long run will be best served by investing with capital builders no matter how hard they might be to find, and identify!

And as for my choice of fruit? In the end, after much mature consideration of the options, I selected a mango.  It was delicious.

Bogumil Baranowski | Guadeloupe, French Caribbean

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Where did my trillion dollars go?!!

In the last couple of months, the unstoppable, must-own FAANG stocks are down 30% from their highs, and a total of over $1 trillion in market value vanished. What happened? Not long ago, Amazon, Apple and Alphabet (formerly known as Google) each flirted with or surpassed historic trillion-dollar market value thresholds. Where did all that money go?

A trillion made, a trillion lost

“Who here has lost money in a stock or an investment?” — That was my query this summer when I was invited to speak to group of curious minds at a major tech company in Silicon Valley. I often use that question to break the ice because I think it sets the stage for an honest conversation. I usually start by naming the first stock I bought, explaining why I liked it, how I lost money on it, and, most important, what I learned from it!

In the case of the FAANG stocks at all-time highs, we at Sicart saw a brewing storm and potential big losses for gullible buyers. They had heard about sky-high expectations, but didn’t realize they were already late for the party.

The first will be last

In many fields outside of finance, you can often rely on last year’s performance to predict next year’s winner. The best students in a class, for instance, often stay on top predictably. Investing flips that logic on its head, though, because investment success includes not just the grades (profits and growth), but also the other dimension — the price! Sometimes you can pay so much for the results that you won’t make money on your investment and you may actually lose. That’s why it’s crucial to know how much you are paying for profits, and how much extra you are paying for growth.

At times that the equation makes sense and you get an A student for the price of a C or D student. But sometimes A students are priced as if they were ALL bound to be Nobel Prize winners scoring in all categories all at once. That’s when the expectations priced into the stock are so outrageous that it’s only a matter of time until the market wises up, and corrects its mistake.

That’s exactly what started to happen in October among the market’s FAANG darlings.

The history rhymes

Sometimes the stock market resembles a TV channel with never-ending re-runs. The characters change, the setting varies, but if you look a little closer, the story is the same. Until October 2018, many experts tried to convince us all that the FAANG stocks had become one-decision stocks – you buy them and never sell. We were told that their growth would never slow down and their prices would only rise. Of course, there are many parallels to this situation in stock market history: The Internet Bubble of the 1990s, the Nifty Fifty stocks of the late 1960s and early 1970s, or the radio stocks of the late 1920s.

Is the continuity of thought toward higher prices broken?

In his memoir, famed stock investor Bernard Baruch (who not only escaped the 1929 market crash but even profited from it), reminisced about crowd madness at the start of the Depression. He noticed that something trivial or important can break what he referred to as the continuity of thought.

This last October something changed. With FAANG stocks down almost 30% from their highs, skepticism and caution reawakened. Growth is still there, but it’s slower and not as certain.

If you have followed our writings for the last few years, you might have noticed how we took an increasingly cautious stand as the market was hitting new highs. We continued to trim our holdings in stocks that we believed were highly overvalued. Until only recently, it’s been challenging to find good replacements.

How do you make money in stocks?

In investing, you make money not by chasing growth, but by buying businesses for much less than they are worth. They could be fast-growing ventures or more mature, dividend-paying companies. They could be small or large, US or foreign — as long as you are paying less than the business is worth, you are bound to make money in the long run.

To us, the notion of buying anything just because the price has been going up for a while doesn’t qualify as investing. The higher the price goes and the more it disconnects with the fundamentals, the greater the risk of losing money. Buying that stock looks more like a gamble. That’s the ultimate recipe for every bubble we have seen in human history, from tulip mania in the Dutch Republic in the 17th century to the Bitcoin frenzy of late 2017.

If anyone thinks they are smart enough to time their ventures in such a market, we applaud you.  But we know we can’t. Even a man as brilliant as Sir Isaac Newton couldn’t. He found himself in the midst of a very alluring market bubble of his time (the South Sea Company). It ruined him financially, and he wrote later, “I can calculate the motion of heavenly bodies, but not the madness of people.”

FAANGs before they had “fangs”

A dear client once mentioned to us that he noticed how often we held similar stocks to his other portfolio held with a different manager. But he pointed out that we tended to buy them when they were cheap, while the other manager liked to pick them when they were expensive. The results of the two approaches couldn’t be more different, as you can imagine.

FAANGs offered some great opportunities long before they were FAANGs. There was a time when these stocks were treated with great caution and skepticism. For example, Amazon lost 30% of its value from late 2013 to mid-2014, and for the next 12 months not only had no “fangs” but was actually considered “dead money.” Its price didn’t move at all until 2015. Apple fell from $100 to $55 between 2012 and 2013, and similarly showed no “fangs” for a while. Finally, Google lost 30% in 2010, and traded sideways for almost 3 long years until early 2013. Every investor knows that 3 years is a long time for any idea to turn around and show signs of life.

Yet these were the times when one could argue that those businesses were worth much more than the market was offering for them, and that may be the case again at some point in the future. As investors we’ve been tracking them for years, in growth and in growing pains. We watched them recover and become fairly valued, and then continue to their “rock star” status. As investors, we enjoyed a large part of that ride up, but we have been cautiously moving to the sidelines for a while now.

In the case of today’s FAANGs (the same as all other investments) given our contrarian approach, we tend to be early to join the party (before others get over their skepticism in times of distress), but we also leave the party earlier than many (before the blind optimism, and euphoria start to dissipate).

Buy the dip?

Today’s 30% drops among FAANGs are different from those of the past. These companies are many times bigger and growth is bound to slow down. In many cases their valuations have gotten so unrealistic that a 30% drop merely leads to a correction from insanely to wildly overvalued. This is a far cry from being actually undervalued and attractive.

To use a sports metaphor, investing is not about discerning where the ball has been, but knowing where it’s headed. We have no doubt that most FAANGs are bound to grow and likely to dominate their respective industries for a while. However, we also believe that their growth rates will moderate, and their valuations (multiple of earnings) will increasingly reflect that.

The question we should be asking today is how much FAANGs should be worth if they were growing at 1-3x the rates of their older mega-cap peers, instead of 10x-20x? It was none other than Bill Gates who suggested that tech companies should be trade at lower multiples than companies in slow-changing industries, given the fast-paced innovation and uncertainty they face.

FAANGs might have been the most exciting stocks to read about in the last few years, but given that they disrupted many industries in what seemed like no time at all, they may be subject to equally dramatic disruptions sooner than one would hope.

Where to next?

We are long-term, patient, contrarian investors. We don’t mind whether we find promising opportunities among growth stocks or slow-growth dividend stocks at any given time. As long as we get a bargain, we are interested!

There was a time when the market had little appreciation for FAANGs while they still had a very long runway ahead. There could be a time when we revisit them again, but today, we lean towards stable, durable businesses that the recent spell of volatility punished harder than they deserve. We see many of them trading at 5-year lows, and cheaper than they’ve been in a decade. We notice that not only do they seem to fare better in the stormy markets, but they may have some underappreciated growth in them, too. They may not be glamorous, but for now they’re more appealing to us than those former market darlings.

Bogumil Baranowski

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Not all returns are equal

During my recent European trip at a dinner with friends, someone asked me if the market was up that day. It’s a question I often get from anyone who knows that I’m an investment advisor and a stock-picker. I often disappoint them saying that I don’t know because I haven’t looked.

Are all up days or years in the stock market the same, though? From the outside, a gain of 10% of the entire stock market’s performance seems to be identical with a 10% increase in price, and thus good news for stockholders. In actual fact, not all 10% annual returns are equal.

How do we make money in stocks?

At Sicart, we like to keep things simple. There are three ways to make money in stocks: 1/ cheap stocks become expensive, 2/ small companies become big, and 3/ troubled companies recover. We usually define value investing as paying less than we believe a business is worth. Once the stock price reaches the price target we had in mind, a disciplined investor may feel compelled to sell, and look for another undervalued company. It is a bit of limiting approach, though, that rules out capturing the growth potential of a small company. That’s why, when pressured to label our style of investing, we like to say that we are value buyers, and growth holders. (Once we’ve bought a stock at a great price, why would we not hold it and benefit from the long-term expansion of the business?) The third way to make money – buying troubled companies that recover — overlaps the others as well. On the whole, we find that stocks are fairly valued or even overvalued most of the time, so to have an advantage, we need to see a major mispricing. Such a mispricing is usually most likely caused by some real or perceived trouble that a company is facing. In response to that, investors often panic, and the stock price drops to an attractive level.

What is a total return on investment?

ROI is a concept that may sound simple, but is not necessarily intuitive. If we buy a stock at $10, and it is at $20 after 5 years, we have an unrealized gain of $20 less $10: that is, $10. However, we will also have collected $0.50 per year (or $2.50) in 5 years of dividends. Thus, we have 100% appreciation in the stock, and another 25% return in dividends received. The total return is 125% over that 5-year period. The dividends are ours to keep, but the appreciation or unrealized gain is really a paper gain until we sell the stock and realize the gain. Thus, timing a sale is just as difficult a decision as buying the stock in the first place.

Not all returns are equal though…

We know that our stock price went up from $10 to $20, but that’s not the whole story. We’d like to know why this happened. Has the business grown? Has it recovered from some missteps?

If the stock was formerly trading at 10x earnings (meaning that we had to pay $10 for each dollar of earnings) and now trades at 20x earnings, that would indicate the first scenario: the stock has become more expensive. If the stock is still trading at 10x earnings, but earnings grew from $1 to $2, growth would usually be the cause. Finally, if the stock had depressed earnings of $0.50, and recovered to $2, it has likely recovered from some trouble. Notice how in the recovery case, the stock’s earnings multiple changed from $10 divided by $0.50 or 20x to $20 divided by $2 or 10x.

Ideally, in our stock purchases we’d like to capture all three of these improvements:  a stock that gets more expensive, that grows and benefits from a business recovery, and enjoys a cyclical upswing.

We don’t know though that the stock performance that came from a lasting growth and recovery in the business will likely endure, while if the stock has just gotten more expensive or captured a cyclical tailwind, the stock may not able to hold its gains in the long run…

Why does it matter?

Though as we are in the business of making money, we are first of all in the business of keeping it. Depending on when you buy a stock, you always run the risk of losing money. Let’s invert our three scenarios. If you buy an expensive stock, it may get cheaper as its prospects diminish. If you buy shares in a big company, it may shrink in size. If you buy a company that’s doing perfectly well, one big misstep could prompt a 50% drop or more. The history of the market is littered with such examples.

Hence, being contrarians, rather than buying the high-flying, pricey, hot stocks in the market, we seek out the struggling, lower-priced, stumbling ones. This approach has served us well over many years and many market cycles.

Today’s markets – lasting gains or not?

What gets everyone’s attention is when the stock market – at least the major indices that represent it — is up 10%, 20%, 30% for the year. Few investors stop to wonder about the cause. Is a cheap market getting expensive? Are the total earnings potential of businesses expanding?  Or is an economic recovery helping all companies?

Much as we enjoy celebrating gains in our investments, we always wonder if they are truly durable. There is nothing wrong with benefitting from investor enthusiasm and seeing your stock rise many times higher than you ever expected. But we must grasp that not all returns are equal, not all are lasting, and not all are deserved. If they aren’t, the unavoidable law of reversal to the mean will correct that over time.

Easy come easy go…

Unrealized gain is a paper gain that the market can quickly reclaim as investors lose their confidence, commitment, and excitement about a particular stock or the market as a whole. The first gains to evaporate are usually those that came from stocks going from cheap to very expensive. The price investors are willing to pay for each dollar of earnings fluctuates wildly over the decades. The S&P 500’s cyclically adjusted 10-year price-to-earnings ratio since the late 1800s has been as low as under 5x and as high as 45x, with 15-16 being both the average and median. Today we are at 33x, a touch higher than on Black Tuesday in 1929. The stock market gains of the last few years have been driven by an expansion in the earnings multiple.  Stocks went from cheap to expensive. The S&P 500 peaked in the 1500s in 2007, which is comparable to the dotcom bubble only 7 years earlier. Today, the index is approaching 2,900. How much of that almost 100% increase over the last market peak is deserved and durable is a multi-billion-dollar question that we ask ourselves as we remember that the first rule of making money is not losing it in the first place.

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

How to compound your wealth?

If we can only shift our mindset from getting rich overnight to compounding wealth over a lifetime, everything changes and our odds of success dramatically rise…

Learn to be patient

I recently had the opportunity to spend a few nights among the California redwoods – those giant trees from the Sequoia family. More than a decade ago, on my first big trip when I moved to the States, I visited Sequoia National Forest. The recent visit was a great opportunity to reacquaint myself with these magical, magnificent trees that dwarf regular pines. As you can imagine, it takes ages to grow this tall; the lifespan of these conifers is counted in the thousands of years. John Steinbeck called them “ambassadors from another time,” and wrote that “the feeling they produce is not transferable. From them comes silence and awe.” I couldn’t agree more.

After I returned to New York, I decided to get some seeds of those magnificent trees and watch them grow in a small pot. Though I planted them promptly, the seedlings have yet to appear. Nevertheless, I await them patiently. They remind me of how, as a child, I used to plant pines, birches, oaks, and maple trees with my parents. There is no better way to learn patience than by planting a tree, and there may be no better tree to teach you patience than one of the oldest, longest-living tree species in the world.

Whether you are starting out with $1 or taking on the challenge of managing newly acquired or inherited wealth, there is nothing more important in compounding wealth than patience.

Start immediately

As the famous Chinese proverb reminds us: “The best time to plant a tree was 20 years ago. The second-best time is now.” This reminds me of a beautiful oak tree that my great-grandfather planted with his classmates in 1918, which represented a turning point in Poland’s history. The country had just regained its independence after 123-year partition among the three big European powers of the time: Hapsburg Austria, the Russian Empire, and the Kingdom of Prussia.

It’s been 101 years since that oak was just a little seedling. It witnessed the Nazi occupation, 45 years of the communist rule, Poland’s reopening to the world, and joining the European Union… my grandparents’ school days, my dad learning to ride a bicycle, and me learning to walk.

Of course, we all wish our ancestors had planted trees to give us shade today, as much as we wish they had started compounding capital long before we were born. But we can start now, and though we may not reap all the benefits, those who come after us will.

Earn, save, invest

I don’t believe in miracle stocks. I do believe that if you follow certain steps, you can’t help but do very well by compounding your wealth over the long run. To grow the capital, you need to continuously and regularly underspend what you earn. If you are living off the capital, underspend what it earns for you.

You can leave your cash idle over long periods of time, but bank interest will only get you so far. You will be better off by becoming an investor in businesses. Stocks are nothing else but small pieces of businesses. If you have plenty of time, experience, and the appropriate skills, you can turn into a stock picker yourself — otherwise, you can turn to trusted professional guidance from an advisor or choose to use passive index funds that give you broad exposure to all kinds of stocks at a low cost.

The longer your investment horizon, the less you have to worry about the market timing. You can spread your contributions out over years, even decades. Compounding wealth is not about finding the hottest stocks and getting in the market at the right time. It’s more about long-term consistency – which may sound as boring (or as fascinating) as watching a sequoia tree germinate and grow into a plant!

The first $100,000 is the hardest

Few brilliant minds can explain complex ideas with as much ease as Charlie Munger. Janet Lowe, in Damn Right!: Behind the Scenes with Berkshire Hathaway Billionaire Charlie Munger, writes:

Munger has said that accumulating the first $100,000 from a standing start, with no seed money, is the most difficult part of building wealth. Making the first million was the next big hurdle. To do that a person must consistently underspend his income. Getting wealthy, he explains, is like rolling a snowball. It helps to start on top of a long hill—start early and try to roll that snowball for a very long time. It helps to live a long life.

Have you ever rolled a snowball? It takes forever to grow it from nothing to any decent size, but once it’s big (say, half the size of a 7-year-old boy), it catches so much snow so fast that it’s almost impossible to keep it rolling.

Charlie Munger is right, the first $100,000 might be the hardest. But that shouldn’t stop you; what’s to come should inspire you to keep going. If you are already starting with a meaningful capital, let time work in your favor, and don’t assume yet that hardest part is behind you. Keeping it, may prove to be as challenging as making it in the first place.

Never lose money

Growing up, I had the rare opportunity to watch a newly-reopened stock exchange in Poland go through short-term booms and busts that produced quick riches and even quicker financial busts. Years that produced 100% gains or 50% declines were nothing uncommon in an emerging market following a 50-year long hiatus since the beginning of WW2. I also saw the destructive forces of hyperinflation.

Later, I witnessed the dotcom boom and bust. If that wasn’t enough, soon after I started my career in investing came the Great Recession, bringing the worst time for stocks since the 1930s Great Depression. Those experiences made it very clear to me that not losing money is as important than making money – if not more so.

Any investment decision, whether it pertains to an individual stock or to an industry or to the market as a whole, starts for me with a good understanding of how I can lose money. Experience has taught me that if I avoid investments that carry an obvious chance of losing my entire stake, the money-making aspect of compounding will take care of itself.

No time like the present  

Be patient, start now, get over the hurdle of the first $100,000, underspend, invest and never lose.

Discipline is essential in compounding your wealth, and there are three inputs at play: capital, time, and rate of return. Nothing helps grow capital more than consistency both in underspending and investing. Nothing helps extend your time more than starting early and thinking in terms of multi-generational compounding of wealth. Finally, nothing improves the rate of return more than avoiding losing money.

I’d better go water my giant sequoia seedling, and let you start on your path!

Happy Investing!

Bogumil Baranowski | California Redwoods

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Zeromania. From a trillion to zero in 10 days?

The speed, the distance, the time…

How long is a skydiver’s free fall? Do you ever wonder?

A free fall usually lasts under a minute, I’m told, even if you start at 15,000 feet (or 3,650 meters) of altitude.

Two great contemporary companies hit milestones recently. Apple reached an astronomical trillion-dollar market capitalization, which is as remarkable as US Steel’s first billion-dollar valuation a century ago. Meanwhile, Facebook lost 120 billion in a day (comparable to the annual gross domestic product of Warren Buffett’s home state of Nebraska). That must have felt like a skydiving free fall to shareholders. It brought back long-forgotten memories of $50B-$90B daily free falls for some tech stocks when the internet bubble burst almost 20 years ago.

As my physics professor used to teach us if we know the speed and the distance, we can figure out travel time. That made me realize that at Facebook’s record free-fall speed, Apple would need less than 10 days to get to zero… or even less time until a parachute would come in handy!

Zeros, zeros and more zeros

Numbers can behave strangely. What’s a million dollars? How much room would it take up in nice stacks of crisp one-dollar bills? And how about a million of those million-dollar stacks – in other words, a trillion dollars?

A “million” translates well across cultures. A million is always a one followed by six zeros, but a trillion is a different story. It’s an even more confusing number for those of us who learned elementary math outside the UK or the US, where a trillion is one million million million or one followed by 18 zeros (known as “long scale”) rather than 12 zeros (“short scale”) as it is for the British and the Americans.

When I was a kid taking English language classes, the measurements of miles, yards, feet, inches, pounds and ounces and the Fahrenheit temperature scale seemed harder than mastering vocabulary or grammar. I didn’t know yet that the Anglo version of trillions would add to my confusion!

But I had to grow comfortable with many zeros far sooner than many of my worldwide contemporaries. In the early 1990s, my parents began earning salaries in the tens of millions rather than the thousands. This wasn’t because we discovered oil in our backyard, but because of hyperinflation created in Poland by the transition from a centrally planned economy to a free market economy. Money lost value faster than we could spend it.

Zeros come and go, that’s what I learned as a teenager. We dropped 4 zeros from our banknotes, tied the currency to a hard currency, (the US dollar at the time) inflation slowly dissipated, and after a while people started to trust Polish money again. The entire episode might be just a footnote in the history books now, but it wrought widespread financial havoc and led to sudden wealth destruction on a huge scale. In those days the dollar was as revered as gold is today.

How about a quadrillion?

Speaking of historical milestones, big numbers, and inflation, a few years ago Japan’s government debt hit a quadrillion yen ($10 trillion USD). If you add 3 more zeros to a trillion, you’ll end up with a quadrillion (or 1 with 15 zeros – US scale/short scale). Japan is struggling with the opposite problem that Poland had in early 1990s: they seek to prevent prices from falling by printing and borrowing more currency.

How did they get to so many zeros and an exchange rate vs. the dollar of 1 to 100? Yes, you guessed – inflation! Japan experienced a spike in inflation in the 1970s, reaching 23% annually in 1974. Poland decided to drop 4 zeros from their banknotes, Japan kept theirs. Their central bankers are creative though, and that quadrillion-yen debt is disappearing. Japan is paying its own debt with more new money, effectively writing it off. Zeros come and go.

Making a trillion

My childhood experience taught me that the fastest way to mint new paper millionaires is hyperinflation. That’s also the fastest way to turn former millionaires into paupers. As a figure, a million might be a million everywhere, but clearly, its purchasing power can fluctuate.

Is Apple’s trillion-dollar market capitalization a product of printing presses running too hot? Perhaps. Zero-rate easy-money policies have certainly helped fuel asset price inflation, along with some of the excitement in the high-growth tech world in the last decade or so. Still, there is more to the story.

Apple successfully raised itself from the ashes in the last 20 years and then conquered the world, selling almost $250 billion worth of iPhones, iPads and Macs every year. Its annual sales trail only Walmart, Exxon, and Berkshire Hathaway, but it is the profits that make all the difference. Apple generates over $50 billion in profits every year, which is 4 times as much as Walmart and twice as much as Microsoft or Google. In other words, if you combined the profits of Walmart, Microsoft and Google, the total would come close to matching Apple’s.

In the long run, any company should become more valuable as its earnings potential grows. Apple’s earnings grew steadily over the last 20 years, and are up about 25% in the last 2 years. Yet the stock price didn’t go up just 25% since 2016 – it doubled. Big share purchases shrank the share count by 10%+ in that period, but that still doesn’t justify a share price hovering around $200.

The secret is in the valuation. The multiple of earnings expanded from a little over 10x to closer to 20x. That metric is a function of many factors, but usually the faster the earnings grow, and the more stable they are, the higher the multiple can be. Again, the future is the only thing that matters in investing.

Apple might deserve to be a trillion-dollar company today, but its future is a different question. The only way to make money on its stock henceforth is if it continues to grow, and if the market assigns it even higher earnings multiple.

Infinite investment horizon

As investors we need to answer one big question: what is our investment horizon? We have to answer it honestly, without considering outside opinions or trying to make ourselves popular. The horizon is an essential element in every investment decision.

In our practice of investing fortunes for families and entrepreneurs, we believe that their investment horizon is infinite because the fortunes span generations. Our goal is to weigh the risks and rewards of each investment, and compound wealth over many decades. We believe that our exceptionally long-term investment horizon is our biggest advantage. We doubt we can build better financial models or read annual reports faster or better than the next guy. What we can do is exercise patience in buying, holding and selling assets. In our field we’re not sprinters; we’re marathoners, ultramarathoners to be precise with 100 mile or a 100-year mark in mind.

Finite Assets

The current challenge we see is the short and shrinking shelf-life of assets. The largest companies stay at the top of the market for shorter and shorter spans, especially compared with the middle of the last century. Only ten percent of Fortune 500 companies have been on that list since its inception in 1955. What this tells us is that buying and holding stock in the most successful contemporary company may not prove to be the surest way to preserve capital.

Why not? As investors, we buy earnings of companies or cash flows. We pay a multiple of earnings, 10x, 20x, or 30x, and we hope to receive the current amount or higher from the moment of purchase until the theoretical end of time. We discount all future cash flows of the company to today, and there we go, we have its value. Although the past record of any company is informative, its future record is where the value hides.

If the life of a company is not infinite like our investment horizon, we need to exercise extra caution. I’ll say it again: we value longevity more than speed getting to the top of the rankings.

Apple is unquestionably a huge success today. Yet as a disruptor in the phone and computing world, it may be disrupted itself, especially if we extend the study period (and investment horizon) from the next 4 quarters to the next 4 generations or 100 years.

Making it, and keeping it

A trillion dollars is a huge sum and $120 billion is a massive one-day stumble. It’s also a wakeup call to remind us how quickly paper wealth can disappear when the market changes its mind.

Apple, Facebook, and others are just a sign of the times. We all get excited about their novelty and their amazing performance in the market. However, we must remember that the same forces that created fortunes can destroy them just as fast. Ideally, we’d all like to capture the wealth creation on the upswing then transfer our gains to assets where change happens at a glacial pace. That’s the ultimate dream of any long-term investor.

The biggest winners of the internet bubble days weren’t those who turned nothing into billions overnight — but those who kept what they earned. We are in the business of wealth preservation, and as much as we celebrate new highs for the tech darlings, we don’t want to forget that making money and keeping it is not the same.

The difference has never been more striking than it is today.

Happy investing! We will see you at the 100-mile mark!

Bogumil Baranowski | Cozumel, Mexico

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Infinite Horizon, Finite Assets

Investing in finite assets with an infinite investment horizon is one of the unstated challenges of our business. The task becomes even more difficult as the markets boost prices of assets that are not only intangible in nature, but also whose profit-generating ability is questionable or potentially short-lived.

Written by Bogumil Baranowski – Read the entire article here: (MOI Global).

Disclosure: This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Great Investor In You – Our first TEDx Talk

There are three secret advantages we already have over professional investors. But how can we use them to become great investors ourselves? Going from desk-bound life to world-bound.

Bogumil Baranowski is a partner and co-founder of Sicart Associates, LLC, an investment firm catering to families and entrepreneurs. He was born in Poland, educated in Paris and Brussels and currently lives in New York City. His passion is driven by his love for teaching, writing, and speaking which led him to launch an intern program, publish his first book and join Toastmasters International.

The topic of Mr. Baranowski’s speech: “The Great Investor In You – How to Use the 3 Secret Advantages You Already Have!” He will share with us the three secret advantages we already have over professional investors, and how we can use them to become great investors ourselves. What’s next for him? He would like to fly with bush pilots in Alaska, swim with humpback whales in Tonga, sail around the world, and make a difference in people’s lives through teaching, writing, and speaking.

This talk was given at a TEDx event using the TED conference format but independently organized by a local community. Learn more at https://www.ted.com/tedx

Disclosure:
This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

What to do when nothing works?

I recently had the pleasure of delivering a TEDx Talk to a wonderful audience of bright young minds in California. My subject was “The Great Investor in You.” During the following book signing many attendees approached me with various thoughtful questions and comments, but one really stuck with me: “How do you invest,” a student asked, “when nothing works?” It’s such a good question that it deserves a longer answer than I could give that student on that day.

See what works, and what doesn’t

This query reminded me of a story I came across years ago. A widow was put in charge of a family business operation after her husband’s unexpected death. The employees, concerned about the firm’s future, were looking for direction. Despite the widow’s previously limited interest in the company, she came up with a good first step by asking everyone to list which of their business practices worked, and which didn’t. After that, her instructions were simple: do more of what works and less of what doesn’t.

(If only decision-making was that easy in investing, we’d all be swimming in riches!)

What doesn’t work, then?

Until the beginning of 2018, investors could have believed that everything (or anything!) in our field worked, especially if your definition of “working” is that whatever security you buy, it goes up. We at Sicart watched the market with great curiosity and growing caution. Almost anything we bought (or even looked at) increased in price. Even some truly unexciting corporate bonds were showing appreciation that nicely supplemented their meager yields. Volatility disappeared and every market seemed to be on autopilot, heading skyward.

Since the early days of February, though, we have experienced some truly volatile periods. Even now the charts of major indices look “broken” as someone described it recently. They definitely don’t point straight to the sky anymore. Maybe just buying almost anything and hanging onto it for a few months is no longer a valid strategy.

Momentum & growth

There are many wonderful tools these days that allow us to look back and see which factors (growth, valuation, profitability etc.) were operative in periods ranging from the prior month to the prior year. We have noticed how anything to do with growth and momentum in price or sales has dominated the top of rankings. The easiest way to outperform the broader market was to buy the strongest performers by those standards.

But that clear-cut approach may not have been as successful in the choppy market of the last few months. Fewer companies show unbreakable momentum, and the winners of the last few years seemed to have flat-lined for now.

Value

The term “value investing” means different things to different people. Some believe it’s buying stocks at a low multiple. Others, using a broader definition, think it means buying stocks for less than they are worth. The value investing crowd has been under a lot of pressure in this ever-rising market. How does a bargain shopper succeed in a market where expensive stocks only get pricier?

The peculiarity of the year-to-date market volatility and weaker performance didn’t leave “value stocks” unharmed. Interestingly enough, many low multiple/high dividend stocks have struggled more than the market darlings. Many investors hoped to see growth stocks give up their gains quicker than the traditional value stocks, which haven’t even kept up with the rally of the last few years.

Active investing

If momentum is not an obvious choice of strategy, and traditional value hasn’t proved its merit in this market, the whole idea of active investing is being questioned more than ever. We have seen many prominent hedge fund managers throw in the towel in the last few years, and passive index investing has never been more popular.

As investment advisors, we are concerned that passive investing works beautifully in fool-proof markets where prices consistently rise. However, it disappoints dramatically when things turn, and the choices made by active investors start to matter. What choices do we have, though?

Back to basics

We have the privilege of working with entrepreneurs and multi-generational families. Their fortunes have an unusually long investment horizon. In fact, as a friend reminded me recently, the investment horizon of a family fortune is infinite.

This brings us back to the wise widow leading her family businesses with an investigation of what works and what doesn’t and doing only what works.

This strategy works in investing, but only if we know what time horizon we have in mind. Since nothing seems to work in the current sideways market, we suggest extending the investment horizon to 5-10 years or more.

Over our years in business, we have learned that over the true long run, it’s not the hottest stock- of-the-month approach that works best, but rather old-fashioned, disciplined, patient bargain- shopping for quality businesses. If we can consistently pay much less than we get in value and we hold our investments for a long-time, possibly forever, we just can’t go wrong — though we will not win every beauty contest on the way.

The earlier mentioned factor rankings, but with an extended investment horizon to 7-15 years rank the trusted value investors yardstick: price-to-earning as the best predictor of a stock’s outperformance over the long run. Although few of today’s investors care to look beyond a month or two, we are happy to be among those who do. A long-term horizon takes the pressure off investors to figure out “what works” in shorter periods of time and focus on what works in the long run.

And what really works, time after time, is buying securities for less than they are worth. The bigger the gap between the price and value, the better!

 

Happy investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

What is long-term anyway?

Recent market volatility has made many of us jumpy, and many investors agree that this might be a time to show increased caution. But one subject still prompts very diverse opinions: the investment horizon.

We are all a little nervous…

Last year we shared our cautious views in a few articles. But since the market was going up every day, few investors had much interest in getting a little more careful when we entered this unchartered territory. Indexes were reaching all-time highs, valuations were stretching to levels we hadn’t seen since previous bubbles. There was apparently no room for healthy skepticism.

The last few months, though, have brought more volatility, sell-offs, big daily market moves, and a growing sense of increased uncertainty on all fronts.

We recently posted an article discussing the old investment mantra –” Buy the Dip.” The key idea was the we might have gotten too accustomed to the nearly automatic response to every market dip. Traditionally, that has been to buy more stock while prices are down. Today’s conditions, though, might actually be different. This could be a good time to unlearn old habits before we get into trouble.

The response was fascinating. We were a little overwhelmed by how many people read it, and how quickly. Most of all, we were surprised by the feedback we received from a large group of like-minded investors who were curious to read an article spiked with a dose of market skepticism. That has been an unusual experience, and a very welcome one.

A big revelation – we don’t all have the same investment horizon!

We might be contrarian in more ways than one. We always enjoy finding a way to disagree with the consensus. We don’t believe that the very best investment opportunities can be found in optimistic headlines or on lists of “must-own” stocks. When we notice that many investors agree with us on a certain topic, theme, or investment opportunity, we often start to wonder if it’s time to give it a second look.

We’re in what we believe to be the late stage of a long-running bull market that’s benefited from every possible form of external support from the government and the financial press. Our reservations about this market’s continuation are deepening, and an increasing minority of investors seems to agree with us.

What really sets us market skeptics apart, though, is how we assess the investment horizon. As investors, we all have specific checklists of what and when we like to buy. The clients we serve, though, truly define our investment style, based on their circumstances, aspirations, and worries.

In Sicart’s case, we mostly cater to multi-generational family fortunes. This creates huge responsibility, but also provides us with a very long-term investment horizon.

For any stock we pick, we like to allow 3-5 years to deliver the results. Even so, that individual stock decision is made in the timeframe of at least a single generation (or 25 years). Daily, weekly, monthly performance has little importance to us. Even a year is even too short to assess the investment success.

We aim first to preserve, and second to grow a family fortune over many decades. This long horizon gives us time to pick and choose when we invest. We see no reason to chase a tired bull market, and we don’t fear missing out on the very top.

Our greatest concern is a permanent loss of capital, which most often comes about due to poor judgment. Investing in a business whose value vanishes or staying fully invested at the top of an overvalued bull market would be the ultimate error for us.

We won’t ever call the top or the bottom of the market, but there is a lot of room between those extremes that allows us to manage the risk and the rewards to our best abilities.

What’s your investment horizon?

The feedback we have received about recent previous articles makes clear that many investors share our skepticism but may not share our investment horizon.

Because of the timing of the article, some readers thought when we spoke of the “market dip” that we were referring to a dip during the first half of that very trading day. They shared their hopes that the market would turn in the second half of the day.

Others read the article after the market close, and thought we were writing about the day’s dip. Many readers believed we were discussing a disappointing week for the market.

From hours, to days, to weeks, our readers’ envisioned range expanded, though some followed more closely our intended subject, which was the year-to-date sell-offs in major market indices.

A big group of readers, meanwhile, was sharing their outlook for the next few months or even the second half of the year.

These were getting a little closer to what is often considered “long-term investing,” but we were still a little surprised how few were looking at the year-to-date market dip in the context of at least 5-10 years or even better a lifetime of investing.

Some readers pointed out that young investors, putting money into the market regularly, can dollar-average investments over the long run. That sounded like what we think of as a true long-term investment horizon.

What to do?

While a growing number of investors have become cautious after recent spikes in volatility, what sets Sicart Associates apart is the investment horizon we use to make our decisions. We like to think in terms of decades, and generations rather than weeks or years. Thus, we might take very different steps than those whose investment horizon ends at the closing bell each day.

We believe that it’s better for your wallet and your peace of mind to extend the investment horizon from hours to years or even to decades, if the situation allows.

With that newly extended investment horizon, you’ll look at each market dip from a whole new perspective.

Happy investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

How do you stay a millionaire?

“How do I keep what I have?” is the query we hear much more often than, “How much will the market rise this year?” Those who are familiar with our long-term value contrarian mindset know better than to pose the latter question seriously. If we hear it, we know they’re teasing rather than expecting a serious answer.

We believe our strength lies in evaluating businesses and buying them cheaply in order to sell them at a higher price later.

Still it’s remarkable how conversations — even with those who know us well — have recently focused almost exclusively on how much higher this market can go. Until early February, many observers seem to have forgotten that a down market is even possible. The recent increase in volatility and a worldwide sell-off in major indices has broadened the discussion. Investors started to focus more on keeping what they’ve made in this market. Some wisely realize that they might not have the time to make their money back if they were to lose it. What can be done about that?

These are the kinds of questions we are happy to answer.

The wealth preservation dilemma

Wealth preservation is at the core of what we do. We constantly remind ourselves of Warren Buffett’s Rule Number 1: “Never lose money.” It’s followed by Rule Number 2: “Never Forget Rule Number 1.”
This is easier said than done. We are all up against a major dilemma, for the following reasons:

We are sitting on inflated assets, and we’ve gotten into the habit of watching their values rise without our doing a thing.

BUT…

What we do now may define our standard of living for decades to come.

Individuals who are just launching careers and investment strategies have a major advantage here. If they can spread their purchases out over the next few decades, they will do just fine. However, those who are fully invested and sitting on a big nest egg have a reason for concern. Investment strategy is more important now than ever.

Looking at the numbers: are financial assets really inflated?

Equities:

The S&P 500, a broad US market equity index, rose from 666 (March 2008) to 2,870 (as of January 2018). As of early April 2018, it’s dropped to 2,650. Overall that’s an average gain of 2,000 points in a decade. In other words, the market value of US equities almost quadrupled in ten years. Here’s some context: the S&P 500 peaked near 1,500 at the top of the internet bubble in 2000, and again at the top of housing bubble in 2007. Today, we are 70% over those two peaks.

The US GDP, though, has risen only about 30% since the 2007 market peak, and about the same 30% since the 2008 market low.

Another measure is CAPE: cyclically adjusted 10-year price-to-earnings. It currently sits over 30x, exactly where it was on Black Tuesday in 1929 (though still below the near-45x recorded during the internet bubble). The historical range over the last 120 years is 5x to 45x, with 15-25x being the most common level.

We’ve witnessed a growing disconnect between the price, and value, and major inflation in stock prices.

Homes:

The Case-Shiller Home Price Index just reached 197.5 (still below the 220 recorded during the housing bubble). Home prices have risen 35% since the depths of the last financial crisis, and hover around 50% above pre-housing bubble levels. Some homes in desirable urban areas have increased even more in value.

Usually demographics and income share responsibility for sustainable growth in home values. But an aging population on one hand, and youth burdened with student loans on the other, don’t bode well for the supply-demand dynamics. What’s more, the big house in the suburbs has lost some of its appeal to younger home buyers, thus putting further pressure on home prices.

Are all asset prices up?

Curiously, only financial assets have exhibited this meteoric rise we’re discussing. If you consider a car, a motorcycle or a boat an asset, you’ll see that their apples-to-apples comparable prices have remained constant. Although car dealers have convinced us to treat ourselves to ever bigger, pricier cars over the last few decades, the price of comparable new vehicles remained the same. The Federal Reserve diligently tracks consumer price index for all new vehicles, and the index is flat since 1997.

Bottom-line: It costs about the same to buy a car, a motorcycle, or a boat as it did 20 years ago.  Real median household income hasn’t changed much in those two decades. Then why does it cost 50% more to buy a home? Or twice as much to buy a dollar of S&P 500 earnings?

Low interest rates + much more leverage = BUBBLE

Prolonged periods of low interest rates accompanied by ever-rising debt (public, corporate, and private) have helped inflate financial assets. In the last 40 years, the US has seen the 10-year Treasury rate fall from 15% to 1.88%, providing an unprecedented tailwind to all financial asset prices.

With dropping rates, as investors we’ve been willing to accept ever-lower income. The dividend yield for the S&P 500 fell from over 6% in early 1980s to 1.89% today. Earnings yield for the same index fell from 16% to 3%. When the yield falls, the asset prices go up.

There is no secret to it. Is it a one-way street though? You might ask. It is a dead end eventually, and you need to back up, and reverse the process with rising yield, and dropping prices…

Buy and hold, bonds versus equities

It’s not just that we’ve become accustomed to this one-way investment trajectory. We’re also used to passive if not complacent investment practices. The “buy and hold” approach has been hugely effective over the last few decades. In an environment with more unreliable movement in interest rates, “buy and hold” may lose its charm.

We also tend to think of equities as being “risky” and bonds as “less risky.” It’s true that equities could be more vulnerable to a sell-off, but bonds should also be treated with caution. Bonds with long-term maturities will undergo a lot of volatility in a world resetting interest rates from current all-time lows. A 30-year US treasury can move up or down as much as 30% or so with every point move in interest rates. That’s a major swing for a security that pays 3%.

Where to next?

The world economy goes through short-term and long-term cycles. Students of financial history are familiar with the many ways fortunes appear and disappear. Still, the extent of the current easy money experiment might be the biggest in history. Its consequences will correspond in scale.

What to do, then?

If you are just starting out investing, you will dollar-average your investments over many decades with a variety of economic backdrops. There will be many buying opportunities ahead.

However, if you expect your current portfolio of stocks and bonds to provide you with financial security, that is a different story.

If you are holding highly inflated financial assets, you may consider what we’ve been doing for a while now:

  1. Raising your cash position and being less than fully invested
  2. Holding the strongest, highest conviction stocks
  3. Holding only very short-maturity fixed income (bonds), and only of the highest quality
  4. Adding some market protection. We have opted for precious metals (gold), and certain inverse ETFs that go up when particular assets go down

As much as it is very enjoyable to make money, and see your wealth grow, let’s not forget Buffett’s Rule 1 – “Never lose money!”

Happy investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

 

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Buy the dip, don’t buy the dip?

Are catch-phrases, always right?  

The investment profession is full of terse advice like “Buy low, sell high,” “Sell in May and go away,” and – especially relevant now, “Buy the dip.” Here at Sicart we appreciate the wisdom in the first adage. We can see how the second one makes sense, especially if you have big summer vacation plans. However, with the last one, we have a bit of problem.

A bell, a dog, and a Russian scientist

The Pavlovian response, also known as classical conditioning, refers to a training procedure originally devised by the Russian physiologist Ivan Pavlov. Working with dogs, he paired a biologically potent stimulus (food) with a neutral stimulus (a bell or a ticking metronome to be exact). The dogs quickly learned to associate food with the sound, and began to salivate whether or not they were fed.

Buy the dip” — it’s time to buy, another rally is coming – that’s been our conditioned response for decades now.

However, scientists following up on Pavlov’s work have found that a conditioned response is relatively impermanent. Should ours be as well?

Time to unlearn?

Each time the market has dropped in the last 40 years, it rebounded quickly, no matter what had brought it down. This pattern helped strengthen the argument in favor of indiscriminate passive investing and led some to discredit active investing.

Why was that the case? Over the years, significant market corrections were diligently followed by lower interest rates and more accommodating policies intended to prop up the economy. The smaller corrections were seen as brief pauses, with renewed optimism fueling the next leg of a bull market.

The bell rings… and it’s time buy more again! Or is it?

Fundamentals don’t matter, do they?

We consider ourselves contrarian long-term investors. We constantly seek out bargains, and we don’t mind waiting few years to get the return we want. This is the kind of prudent behavior known to shoppers world-wide; we just do it in the stock market.

The fundamentals drive our process because over time, stocks trade in line with the earnings. As a company’s earnings go up, its stock price increases. Everything else is perception, sometimes making what should be cheap stocks expensive. In an ideal scenario, we like to see a cheap stock with improving fundamentals and recovering valuations. Then we get paid both for the earnings, and the multiple expansion.

But sometimes an individual stock price or the overall market decouples from the trends of fundamentals. Then it’s anyone’s guess where it will head to next. Lately the trend has been upward, and usually that lasts much longer than reason would suggest.

We’ve left the fundamentals behind

The Shiller PE (cyclically adjusted 10-year price-to-earnings) ratio for the S&P 500 recently reached 31.5x. Its 120-year range is 5-45x, with 15-25x being the most common level in that period.

Between 1980 and 2000 this metric increased from 5x to almost 45x:  interesting to me because that period coincided with my growth from a toddler to my current height of over six feet! (Almost a perfect correlation, as I’m sure quant-oriented investors would notice.)

I stopped growing, and Shiller’s PE fell from 45x to 15x over the next 8 years. The following decade didn’t bring a new Great Depression with the PE’s drop to 5x as some feared, but quite the opposite, a miraculous rise from 15x to 30x+. (No correlation here with my weight or height.)

If there was a correlation between valuations and anything else, it was the interest rates. The 10-year treasury rate fell from 15% to 2%, only to start rising more recently. That’s an unprecedented tailwind for all asset prices.

When the rates dropped to the ground, and the PE seesawed from 15x to 30x, the market somehow lost touch with the fundamentals. We do know that rates can be forced all the way to zero, and investors can be scared into assets with negative yields (some eurozone markets are a vivid contemporary example). Still, the PE will only climb until the gravitational pull brings it back to where it historically belongs.

Up and down we go

After a post-election rally and diminished volatility last year, we are up against something “new and fresh.” However, I was recently told that there are only 7 plots in all forms of tales, legends, books and movies over the last few thousand years human history; they just repeat again and again.

True also for the financial markets, only there is really just one story. Cheap markets become expensive only to become cheap again. The characters change but the plot is the same.

After a January rally with record in-flows of new money to equities, February brought a sharp turn. The last two months gave us many days with 3%-4% market swings as well as big intraday swings. We are quickly getting used to them. However, the down days outnumber the up days. As a result, the US equity market and most major international indices are down about 10% from recent highs.

Usually under these conditions the majority would scream, “Buy!” — but it is a fading scream today.

Peculiar rally, even stranger sell-off?

The rally lasting from the 2016 elections through January was driven by renewed optimism about economic growth, lower taxes, and a more favorable business environment.

What we notice is that the fundamentals didn’t drive the market up, and it’s not the fundamentals that are bringing it down (just yet).

If you have read our earlier posts, you’ll know that we’ve been waiting for a meaningful correction for a while. We believe that the disconnect between price and value always eventually ends because fundamentals drive the markets in the long run.

History shows, though, that it’s not the fundamentals that fuel the last leg of a bull market or end it. Bernard Baruch, a legendary investor who lived through the Roaring 1920s and profited from the 1929 market crash by going against the crowd, called this phenomenon “the end of the continuity of thought.”

Change of heart

After witnessing celebrations of the post-election rally, we are now seeing a growing list of worries: inflation fears, trade war concerns, Amazon’s battle of tweets, and Facebook’s debacle. None of these are fundamental in nature. They might affect the fundamentals in the long run, but for now they mostly harm market sentiment.

Amazon’s and Facebook’s stories embody most of the themes that paved the way for this bull market’s grand finale and its abrupt end: US presidential elections, FAANG rally, and an insatiable appetite for growth.

Look out, it might rain!

When bad weather is forecast, everyone grabs an umbrella. When we see that the market is out of sync with the fundamentals, and that optimism might be turning to healthy skepticism, the reaction is not so simple. Here are few decisions we’ve made:

1) we are holding more cash than usual, keeping it available to use when things get interesting;

2) we regularly review our holdings and cut those whose prices we believe to be the most out of touch with reality;

3) we add to the highest conviction stocks that have started to appear in some pockets of opportunity;

4) we select some market protection, namely precious metals (gold specifically) and some inverse ETFs that go up when certain asset classes go down.

THE BELL RANG!

May is around the corner. Maybe it is a good time to “sell and go away” as in the adage we began with. Nevertheless, we caution against “buying the dip.” Being unusually picky may keep investors out of trouble until the markets eventually catch up with the fundamentals – as they always do, in the end.

Happy investing!

Bogumil Baranowski

 

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The bull market crashed. Now what?

What happened?

Over the last few days, we have seen about a 10% correction in major equity indices around the world. It definitely got everyone’s attention. Globally, estimated $5 trillion of paper wealth vanished in a matter of days. What happened though? No war, no impeachment, no lasting U.S. government shutdown either.

An upbeat job report allegedly sparked fears of inflation, and quicker interest rate hikes. Why would that matter though? After a decade long recovery, supposedly booming economy, record low unemployment, record long accommodative monetary policy finally wages tick up. Why panic? Is it even a lasting spike in wages, or maybe oil price swings and natural disaster recovery activity have something to do with it, and if so it will be a short-lived spike anyway.

Staying disciplined

Our goal is never to beat the market or any specific index in any period of time, our goal is to preserve and grow wealth over the long-term. As much as we always enjoy the treasure hunt for new bargains, we hate taking big losses.

For a while now, we’ve been watching the markets carefully and with a healthy dose of caution and skepticism (We Take A Careful Look At Our Cautious, Contrarian Stand – August 1st, 2017).

Given our disciplined contrarian investment approach, we’ve been seeing more reasons to trim our increasingly overvalued positions than to add new ones. If the market doesn’t offer any truly compelling investment opportunities, we choose not to alter our discipline and shop for lesser opportunities just because they happen to be less overvalued than the market as a whole.

As a consequence, our investment strategy led to record high cash levels in our portfolios. Those, on the other hand, triggered some really good questions. “As a stock picker shouldn’t you be finding opportunities in all the markets?” – was one of many that came up.

Holding cash is an investment decision

Our advice remained unchanged  (The Most Unusual Bull Market – September 26, 2017) – it’s an overvalued, overhyped, overinflated market with underwhelming fundamentals, and record leverage only possible thanks to record low-interest rates. If we can’t find what we like, we are happy to sit it out, and patiently hold on to high cash reserves. We think and invest in terms of decades not few month windows.

Fiscal and monetary debacle

The Fed has been raising rates gradually, and supposedly remains committed to continue on that path. It’s also shrinking its balance sheet, which could create an interesting dynamic when faced with an insatiable appetite for more government spending, thus more new borrowing. Who will buy Treasuries if the Fed is selling? And why the record spending if the economy is in the 9th or 10th year of expansion? Will the Fed stay committed to its prior direction given the new Fed chairman?

Unfortunately, still, the near-term market performance remains in the hands of monetary policy rather than the fundamentals. It’s a very difficult balancing act for the new Fed chairman. (More on the subject in my earlier article: The Emperor’s New Clothes – Understanding Today’s Financial World – June 23rd, 2017)

Simple but not easy

Setting the market free to establish the cost of borrowing would diminish the role of the Fed and all central banks. This would trigger a possible storm in the financial markets, but likely set a stage for a healthier financial world in the future with less distorted capital allocation.

Maybe it’s a revolutionary idea today, but so was the end of the centrally planned economies in the Soviet-controlled Europe until 1990, and that worked out very well lifting many from poverty, realizing full potential of those nations, and building vibrant economies. Yours truly had the pleasure of witnessing the process in person. The transition wasn’t pretty, and the term of shock therapy was coined.

I am hopeful that the right time for the end of the centrally planned monetary policy will come in my lifetimes as well, but that could be a long-time away or not? In the meantime,… 

Is there a safe place to hide?

If anything, the last week’s crash (correction, blip, hiccup – you pick the label you like) proved to be a peculiar sell-off, where not the high-flying tech stocks led the market lower but the Dow Industrial Average, and overall “value” stocks, and dividend stocks fell more than the growth darlings of the last few years. Investors are still holding onto their hot winners hoping that they remain immune in this sell-off. That may change quickly, when the market realizes how much growth has already been priced into those stocks.

What’s ahead?

We see many completely contradictory narratives attempting to make sense out of the dramatic sell-offs and the pick-up in volatility. We worry less about volatility today and in general. Volatility is the necessary ingredient of the price discovery process, and that’s what this market is trying to do. What worries us more is the extent of price and value disconnect that remains in the current equity and bond markets (both still close to all-time highs), and the unprecedented mispricing of risk.

Those that pay attention could see that it took few days for the high yield bond index to give back all the post-election gains, and it would take another 25-30% decline in the major equity indices just to get back to the election night.

What to do?

We don’t subscribe to the school of thought that you have to be 100% invested at all times not to miss out on the last melt-up of a tired aging bull market. When the market valuation is at an extreme high or low, 0% invested or 100% respectively might be a theoretically ideal place, but it’s a wide range, and everyone needs to find their own comfort zone.

We don’t claim to know exactly when the bottom or top of the market or any security price is. What has worked for us is the gradual approach. Slowly building, and slowly cutting exposure and positions.

We’d rather be imperfectly right than perfectly wrong.

Bogumil Baranowski

 

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Blockchain, Bitcoin, and the future of money

Although email is quick and easy, I still like to send postcards when I travel internationally. It’s usually a hassle, especially finding stamps, and a working mailbox. This preference of mine doesn’t mean I shun contemporary technology. Still, I like to keep a healthy dose of skepticism, especially as an investor.

Our cautiously optimistic approach allowed us to invest in some of the high fliers of today’s hot equity markets back when they were much cheaper and more appealing. We bought them when they had missed a number of quarterly earnings or after what turned out to be “busted IPOs.” We always enjoy chasing bargains and that policy has served us very well over the years.

We like to apply the same skepticism to all new technological inventions until we fully understand the change they are bringing.  As investors, we have to avoid the harms of creative destruction on one hand while capturing the wealth-creating wave that results.

Blockchain has been on our minds for a while now, and here we propose a three-part discussion.

First, we will examine the potential benefits of blockchain technology. Second, we will explain why we believe that Bitcoin might turn out to be a misuse of a great technology. Finally, we’ll sketch out our idea of the future of money, finance, capitalism.

Blockchain – a revolutionary change, and great opportunity?

In blockchain technology, we see an immense opportunity to revolutionize both many industries and many aspects of our lives.

Blockchain, simply put, is a continuously growing list of records. The records (also known as blocks) are linked together using cryptography. Each block contains a link to the previous block, timestamp, and transaction data. Because of the blockchains’ design, they are resistant to modification.

Harvard Business Review’s definition is: “an open, distributed ledger that can record transactions between two parties efficiently and in a verifiable and permanent way.”

In other words, it is a decentralized way of keeping trustworthy records of all kind that cannot be altered retroactively.

Blockchain can be public (visible to all) or private (with limited access).

What are the benefits of blockchain?

Trustworthy record keeping

Given that it’s hard to modify historical data, and data is held in a decentralized manner, the system is very trustworthy. In simple terms, we can trust the data.

Transparency

With the use of the distributed ledger (the same ledger kept by many “record keepers” – nodes or miners), the data is complete, correct, and consistent and changes are visible to all.

Fast and cheap transactions

Transactions in such a system can be processed very quickly and at any point of the day or night. Blockchain could even enable instant settlement, leading to major cost savings and efficiencies.

Let’s look at three key ways that blockchain can change our lives…

First of all, blockchain has an opportunity to revolutionize record keeping across ownership of property, health care records or voting systems — among others.

If we are able to keep trustworthy records of real and intellectual property, the potential for fraud diminishes and the cost of buying and selling property drops. It leaves less room for fraud, and it lowers the cost of selling and buying property. It could also empower billions of people in the developing world who still can’t prove the ownership of their property something that we take for granted in the developed world. Our health systems could improve with this new, better, record keeping. How we monetize our intellectual property globally, and how it’s protected could improve as well. Finally, a trustworthy, transparent, and faster voting system could further strengthen the democratic process, potentially incentivize more people to participate, and re-establish confidence in its fairness. These are just a few possibilities.

Second of all, blockchain has the potential to revolutionize our currency. Regardless of the development of crypto-currency, blockchain could dramatically improve e-commerce, payments, peer-to-peer transfers, and lending. New businesses would be created, and some traditional institutions might be in danger if they don’t adapt.

Third, the broader financial services which encompass public and private equity market, debt, derivatives could run on a blockchain-powered platform which could potentially be trustworthy, transparent, fast and inexpensive. We can see how that could make the financial service industry even more connected and even more global. In many ways, such a development could level the playing field so that investors and capital-seekers of any size could participate in the world economy in many new ways. We picture an open, unobstructed global crowd-funding phenomenon when everyone has equal access to capital and investment opportunities.

Many see in blockchain a true chance to create a peer-to-peer global economy that lifts billions from poverty by providing individuals easier access to funding, credit, business partners, suppliers, customers. In this idealized vision no talent, no resource, no value is too small to monetize. Our economic rights would be no longer secured by central government with officials, courts, armies, but by technology.

Is Bitcoin a misuse of a good idea?

In the present it’s Bitcoin. In the 1990s it was the dotcoms. Back in the 1920s, it was radio stocks:  in each instance, a new, poorly understood technology gets everyone excited, and ignorance seems to heighten the thrill.  For now, we feel that blockchain could possibly revolutionize the world we live in, but Bitcoin itself might be a major disappointment.

What is Bitcoin?

Put simply, Bitcoin is a cryptocurrency: a digital asset designed to work as a medium of exchange. Because it’s digital, it has no physical form, and its transactions are secured by cryptography.

Another distinction is that Bitcoin is decentralized, meaning it works without a central bank or a single administrator. All transactions happen in peer to peer network without an intermediary. Transactions are verified by network nodes (which download every block and transaction and check their validity) and recorded in a public distributed ledger called a blockchain. The new units are created through a process called mining, but the total number to be created is limited to 21 million Bitcoins.

Bitcoin’s challenges

Bitcoin and blockchain have their challenges. Energy consumption is one, the incentive to run and maintain is the second one. In case of Bitcoin the so-called miners get compensated through new units, but when we reach the pre-set cap of 21 million, the incentive to mine will disappear. Maintaining nodes which are crucial to keep and verify the “ledger” is costly, too, and financial incentives are not that clear.

What do we actually buy when we buy Bitcoin?

As we see it, in buying Bitcoin you buy a unit, a line of code so to speak. There is a limited number of those units, and as long as there are believers, there will be a market for them. The concept, effectively, is not that different from a trading card that can sell for a lot or end up worthless in a shoebox. The “value” is created entirely by potential buyers, and may not always be rational or lasting. Cryptocurrencies may prove to be total busts like the early dotcom concerns. The early sellers might get lucky. An early example is Litecoin whose founder is believed to have sold all his crypto-holdings. We always think that actions tell us more than words.

The future of money

Technology has already revolutionized our world. There’s no reason why money shouldn’t also be affected.

We can picture trustworthy, transparent currency, a unit of account, and immediate low-cost transactions. We can also picture an honest, decentralized, peer-to-peer global monetary system where value exchanges of any size happen in a blink of an eye.

What we don’t want to get lost in the discussion is the fundamental nature of the exchange. It always involves something of value, whether goods, services, or assets. And it always requires at least two parties.

From an island tribe to a global connected village

Let’s go back to the basics.

In simple terms, if an island tribe living on a lush tropical island is self-sufficient and never trades, never leaves, and produces only for itself, nothing has a price. Still, goods, services, and assets do have value to the members of the tribe. Let’s imagine they all live in one happy commune, grow their veggies, raise their chickens, help build each other’s homes. It’s all theirs, belongs to all, feeds all. Like a household. We don’t charge our kids for sleeping in their rooms, and they don’t charge us for throwing the garbage away, yet the value transfer happens all the time.

The minute another tribe comes with a canoe and wants to sell us some fruit or spice, our products are transformed. Where before they had value to us, now they have a price. On our island that prices are expressed in the quantity of other goods that another tribe brings. At the end of the day, their canoe is emptied and refilled with new goods: same-day settlement.

Let’s say one day we trust the other tribe more, and one day they are short of mangoes. We tell them to bring more next time. Instantly, we have IOU, or an informal line of credit You’ll pay next time we see you.

At some point a generally accepted and desirable commodity appears – salt, gold, shells. It can coexist or compete with IOUs. Then perhaps the IOUs develop a time dimension: if you are not paying now, you’ll need to pay me more later. Suddenly interest is earned.

Wealth, capital, and capitalism get established, not by a verdict or law, but because we all want to exchange with others at the right price something of value.

In a free-market economy, prices should be freely determined according to the laws of supply and demand. Our desire to create value, to trade it for something else of value, and to hold on to the value we have created, is the very foundation of any successful, wealthy society.

Over time, our trade and business activities become more complex. We don’t want to move the gold, the salt, the shells back and forth to market so we issue a warehouse receipt of sorts. We assert that it’s redeemable anytime for the gold or shells but it can also be exchanged in its own right. Our trading partners grow to embrace this system.

However, the fellow warehousing the gold (a merchant on his way to becoming a banker) sees that not all the gold is being redeemed at all times. Sometimes it just sits there idle, so he issues more receipts and creates more credit in the economy. His experiment fails a few times, so eventually, first kings and later governments start to regulate it by creating a central bank and setting rules and standards. The central bank becomes a lender of last resort and a sole issuer of the currency.

Instead of letting the early banker with controversial business practice fail, and vanish, we, in fact, legalize, formalize, and regulate what’s later called a fractional reserve banking with central bank’s oversight.

Fractional is the key word here. The banks eventually create much more credit than they have in deposit holding a fraction of their deposit liabilities in reserve. The central banks choose to hold a fraction of gold reserves to back the currency they issue. When the currency is no longer redeemable for gold, we end up with fiat currency – the dollar, the euro, the pound, the yen, and all the other.

That’s the history of money and the financial system in a nutshell, from an island tribe to a global connected village.

What’s next? Medium of exchange vs. unit of account

The foundation of today’s financial system is the use of generally accepted fiat currencies. A fiat currency is a medium of exchange as much as precious metals, salt, and shells used to be. A medium of exchange has a value that can be exchanged for goods, services, and assets. A medium of exchange is an intermediary used in trade to avoid the inconveniences of a pure barter system.

How about we do without the inconvenience of the medium of exchange itself? What if we use a unit of account that expresses a relative value of goods, services, and assets, without the medium of exchange as an intermediary.

And this is where we come back to the blockchain, but not Bitcoin. We don’t see a need for yet another medium of exchange, that seems to be yesterday’s thinking, where some see Bitcoin as tomorrow’s gold.

In an increasingly virtual, digital world, we can imagine a disappearance of the medium of exchange and an emergence of a unit of account. The unit of account by itself has no value. There is no need to store digital, virtual unit of account. It’s virtual after all. We might have to keep a decentralized record of units of account, but not the actual unit because it does not physically exist. All we really need is a ledger that keeps a record of who created what and sold to whom; who owns it now; and how much wealth was created in the process. The wealth that can be spent, invested, lent to anyone, anywhere. Blockchain could possibly be that ledger.

Optimistic about the future

In this brave new world, we picture many more investors participating in the global market, and many more tremendous opportunities of all shapes and sizes available to them globally.

In a world where property rights are respected, and ensured by technology, where there is no currency risk, an investment advisor will have many more clients, and many more options to pick from. We will be still here, possibly busier than ever helping clients evaluate, choose, and manage their investments.

Very exciting times ahead. We haven’t seen anything yet!!!

 

Bogumil Baranowski

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

 

When Bottom-Up Research Helps Top-Down Understanding

In our search for new ideas, we often come across companies we would never invest in. Steinhoff International is one of them. It’s a company we’ve encountered on a few occasions over the last year or two, and in each case, it triggered an immediate negative assessment. Nevertheless, there’s a story worth sharing here.

Steinhoff demonstrates some of today’s peculiar business practices that lead to huge wealth creation followed by even quicker wealth destruction. It’s also a textbook example of what an important role monetary policy has played helping such phenomena to continue.

You may have never heard of Steinhoff International – a retailer that took 50 years to build but only 2 days to collapse, wiping out $10 billion of market value in 48 hours. It’s a South African retail holding company dual-listed in Germany. It has about 6,500 retail outlets in 30 countries covering the globe from Africa, Europe, the United States to Australia and New Zealand. It handles 40 different brands, has 90,000 employees, and brings – or brought — in revenue of almost 20 billion euro.

Bruno Steinhoff started the company in Germany in 1964. It initially sourced furniture from communist Europe to sell in Western Europe. In the late 1990s, the company acquired and then merged with South African retailer Gomma Gomma. It continued acquisitions in Europe – UK’s Homestyle Group, and Conforma – Europe’s second largest retailer of home furnishings.

2 years ago, the company moved its primary listing to the Frankfurt Stock Exchange. It became a German-listed Dutch holding company with management in South Africa.

It kept up its M&A spree and acquired more retailers: Pepkor in South Africa and Poundland in the UK. The deals became bigger and more ambitious. Steinhoff’s acquisition of US-based Mattress Firm for $3.8 billion got our attention. Mattress Firm was an unimpressive roll-up of US mattress retailers. Steinhoff decided to pay a whopping 115% premium to acquire it!

Steinhoff’s market capitalization went from 2.7 billion euro to 22 billion euro in the last 7 years with revenue climbing from 4 billion euro to almost 20 billion. The debt increased from under 2 billion euro to 10 billion euro with major payments due in the next few years. As of March 2017, the total exposure to lenders and creditors was estimated at $21 billion (18 billion euro).

When Steinhoff did its US acquisition, we assumed it was betting big with someone else’s money. We had doubts about the strategy which featured the irresponsible use of leverage enabling with very aggressive acquisitions.

On top of obvious questionable managerial decisions, it’s impossible to ignore the role of the ECB’s (European Central Bank) monetary policy in enabling this buying spree.

In the last 2 years, the ECB’s balance sheet grew from 20% of Europe’s GDP to 40%.  Part of the program has been buying investment grade corporate bonds since mid-2016. By becoming a 15%+ holder of the investment grade market, the ECB not only dramatically depressed yields and compressed spreads — making borrowing even cheaper — but also became a not-so-proud holder of Steinhoff’s bonds.

In early December, the CEO left after an accounting scandal brought the company down. The chief auditor chose not to sign off on the financials, and the company has apparently limited visibility as to profits and cash flows. And now, the Steinhoff debacle is being called the biggest corporate scandal in South African history.

The stock dropped from 6.00 euro to 0.30 euro, bonds are down 50%, credit lines are being cut off, and the ECB has a major dilemma. Should it 1) dump the bonds and speed up the company’s demise, 2) hold on to them, or 3) possibly buy more?

Is the ECB about to bring back to life the Ancient Roman tradition of pollice verso – a thumbs up/thumbs down signal used to pass judgment on a defeated gladiator?

As much as Steinhoff’s accounting may raise questions, what should be said about the ECB’s accounting? How does a central bank account for a drastic loss on an asset acquired with freshly printed money that wasn’t there to begin with? Who will bear the loss? Or maybe if ECB bought worthless assets with imaginary money, nothing really happened after all?

The bonds the ECB holds used to be investment grade, and are about to be downgraded to junk. ECB bond buying policy only covers buying. There is no selling policy in place, least of all for holdings that get downgraded to junk as they hold them.

We can only wonder how many more stories like this have happened because of easy money policies. Steinhoff might just be a sign of the times, and a great lesson for investors: if something looks too good to be true and the story just doesn’t add up — it’s better to pass.

Maybe there is a lesson for policymakers, too. Excessively cheap, easy-money policies that were supposed to stimulate growth and employment can have alarming unforeseen consequences.

Bogumil Baranowski

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a clientspecific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The most unusual bull market

Our current, highly durable bull market is characterized by three qualities: it might be the least exciting bull market in history, it’s been possibly one of the hardest to beat, and when it ends, the resultant crash will have been anticipated for months if not years.

We used to have fun

To look at a comparable example it’s not necessary to go back to the days of Tulip Mania in the 17th century. Investment bubbles are always driven by excitement and novelty. The vibrant stories of the roaring 1920s are still very much alive: we can almost hear the jazz, see the dancing, admire the big, powerful cars. It was an era of sudden success that inspired such notable books as The Great Gatsby.

Some thirty years later, we had the Nifty Fifty, when the most popular large-cap stocks on the New York Stock Exchange captured people’s imaginations. Among them were Eastman Kodak, Polaroid, Xerox, and Sears. For a while, you couldn’t go wrong buying those companies: they offered never-ending growth perspectives provided by exciting technological and consumer trends.

More of us remember the internet bubble of the late 1990s.  Companies with no revenue, no profit, no real business plan, consisting of little more than an exciting web domain, were reaching billion-dollar valuations. These were the fastest, the most successful IPOs. A short-lived phenomenon, that bubble nevertheless sparked investors’ imaginations. New waves of entrepreneurs got rich overnight, and online trading spread that wealth among day traders who swapped the security of salaries to turn their hard-earned savings into fortunes. A nationwide, even worldwide frenzy took over.

Even more recently came the 2000s housing bubble. You could make an instant fortune flipping homes, condos that could be bought with no money down and no discernible credit. Once again, people quit their jobs to pursue the latest strategy to get rich quick.

What all of those exciting bubbles had in common is the jealous neighbor mentality. It really doesn’t matter what the stocks or homes sell for until your neighbor starts bragging about making a fortune overnight while you are still punching the clock and counting your change carefully at the supermarket.

It’s different this time

But this bubble is not like the previous ones. First of all, the current equity, bond, and real estate bull market — in the US as well as globally — has lasted a good deal longer than most. What’s more, while Europe suffered from the debt crisis spreading across Southern Europe, and emerging markets have been buffeted by weak prices in the commodity markets, the US market has had a relatively smooth ride to ever higher highs.

Second of all, because it’s been slow in making, this bull market didn’t create overnight fortunes for many investors, as previous bubbles did. While we’ve experienced one of the biggest dollar and percentage increase in our nation’s net worth, it has gone mostly to those who were already “sitting” on assets: their homes, stocks, retirement accounts, bond portfolios. Obviously, there were those who took advantage of cheap credit and boosted their returns over the last decade, but most of the spoils went to truly passive investors.

Here at Sicart we can’t say we haven’t enjoyed the ride. Many investments that we expected to double in 5 years tripled in 3 instead. We won’t complain – but we can’t take full credit either. The bottom line is that those who held assets and did nothing benefited the most. There was no need to day trade or flip homes. What’s more the process took almost a decade, so the excitement of overnight fortunes never occurred.

Let’s keep the training wheels on

Most of us know how to ride a bicycle, and we learned using “training wheels.” I remember the day and the moment when mine came off. They helped you balance until you knew what you are doing, and soon  you were shouting, “Dad, Dad, look! No hands!”

The American and global economy experienced one of the most dramatic recessions in history less than ten years ago. There’s been much discussion about the causes and possible prevention of future events. Our take is simple: if money gets too cheap because of generous monetary policy, and if lending standards are relaxed for political reasons, there is trouble ahead.

To avoid a 1930s-style Great Depression, and taking advantage of all monetary and fiscal might that paper money, central banking, and fractional reserve banking allows for, this country avoided the worst damage by making money even cheaper, and relaxing lending standards even further. Ben Bernanke played the father-figure role: stern but finally relenting. He wasn’t the only one. The federal government played a major role, and so did central banks and governments around the world.

We can look at our economy as that kid learning to ride a bike. But, if I can extend the metaphor, our training wheels are still in place. Mr. Bernanke, as Dad, never got to see the economy free-wheeling on its own. Unfortunately, neither has Janet Yellen, who succeeded Mr. Bernanke. The same experience was shared by almost all key central bankers of the world. Neil Irwin named them appropriately in the title of his book: The Alchemists: Three Central Bankers and a World on Fire. One of the three, Mervyn King took this designation to heart, and called his own book The End of Alchemy: Money, Banking, and the Future of the Global Economy. It is a little bit disturbing to some of us to hear banking compared to magic.

As I wrote this article on September 20th, everyone was holding their breath before Ms.Yellen’s press conference. We all want to know if the training wheels will stay on! A few days later, I think we are still confused about the next steps, and their consequences.

We might be grateful to our wizards for avoiding the next Great Depression, but it is that very assistance that has produced the least exciting bull market on record. And while their policies which might have fixed one problem they have clearly created another.

When is it going to burst?

It’s not only been the most boring bull market, but also the most questioned. As early as mid-April of 2009, the US equity market hit bottom, and hope was seeping back while the huge monetary and fiscal stimulus was underway. At that moment, famous market guru Jim Rogers told Barron’s that he didn’t believe in a U.S. stock recovery.

Shortly afterward, when the European debt crisis sent shock waves across all markets in 2011, a new wave of skeptics surfaced. John Mauldin published Endgame: The End of the Debt Super Cycle and How It Changes Everything. As the title implies, more debt is not a solution, and may cause a massive crisis in the near future.

In 2013, John Mauldin followed up with another great book: Code Red: How to Protect Your Savings From the Coming Crisis. I greatly enjoyed both books and many others published around the time, in part since I share Mauldin’s views. More and cheaper debt will not solve the economy’s problems. Instead it will eventually catch up with us in some ugly way.

Mauldin is far from the only author to take this position. In 2010, A. Gary Shilling authored The Age of Deleveraging: Investment Strategies for a Decade of Slow Growth and Deflation. In 2012, Richard Duncan wrote The New Depression: The Breakdown of the Paper Money Economy. In 2013, James Turk & John Rubino published The Money Bubble. In 2014, Willem Middelkoop released The Big Reset – War on Gold and the Financial Endgame.

Are we there yet?

The last six months have produced an even wider range of skeptics. Now even the major banks like Goldman Sachs, JP Morgan, Deutsche Bank, and major investors like Howard Marks, Paul Singer, George Soros, Jeffrey Gundlach, Carl Icahn, David Tepper among others, have shared their concerns with the public. Even the legendary Julian Robertson had to join the choir.

What I find most convincing about their opinions is that they are based on their worries about their own fortunes. Thanks to their success, they themselves have become the biggest clients of their own firms.

Actions speak louder than words, and Warren Buffett – who has been cautious about identifying a market  “bubble” in recent interviews – has begun accumulating a significant position of uninvested cash. If we’re not in a bubble, why the caution?

Being right and making money

All of the doomsday scenarios, from 2009 until the most recent, are correct. In a world where 2+2=4, we should already have a had a major market crash, and probably a major global recession. The economy would have cleansed itself from excess debt, and we would have started fresh in a more sustainable economic position. It would have been a painful experience to all, no doubt about it. But if the world must choose between less pain earlier or more pain later, there can be no doubt which is the better option. The one unavailable option is total escape.

Nevertheless, for the last decade the logic and common sense that normally undergird the market have been suspended. Monetary policy and fiscal stimulus (which have become intertwined in the last decade) are re-writing the rules and shaping a brave new world —

  • without risks
  • without economic, market, business, or credit cycles
  • where capital can be created by printing presses
  • where central banks become huge unfair competitors to private capital, distorting the natural pricing mechanism

 

Active investors can fall into a trap in a market like this. Benjamin Graham, the father of value investing, famously said, “In the long run the stock market is a weighing machine. In the short run, it is a voting machine.” Active investors (and we count ourselves among them) assume that the market can be irrational at times, but rational in the long run. What if the questionable rationality lasts a decade?

When the math doesn’t work

This least exciting bull market might be also the hardest to beat. Active investors are being outperformed and even the smart, well-funded hedge fund world has struggled in the last few years.

Some reports claim that hedge funds haven’t generated alpha since 2011: a date that coincides with the wave of doomsday-scenario books cited above. In 2016, hedge fund managers as a group earned the least since 2005, which is remarkable in a bull market.

Many big hedge fund managers are shutting down their funds, shrinking their operations or stepping down. Among those falling from hedge fund stardom is John Paulson who brilliantly predicted and benefited from the housing bubble crash. The world’s largest hedge fund, Bridgewater, seems to be also out of sync with the current market.

Sicart won’t try to time this market

We are more of a tortoise than a hare in our investing approach. We build and trim our positions slowly, and take the same approach when it comes to portfolio construction.

Accordingly, at least three steps are necessary in this climate:

First, an honest, diligent, and thorough review of all holdings, followed by the sale of the overleveraged, weakest, or riskiest securities.

Second, a higher-than-usual cash ( or equivalent) position – the US dollar may not be a great store of value over the next hundred years but in the near term, $100 is likely to remain $100.

Third, look into diversifying away from overpriced, overvalued assets through both inverse ETFs (which go up when the specific asset class goes down), and/or precious metal exposure. Gold has been considered a store of value for 5,000 years.

We’d rather err on the side of caution. As Meb Faber in Global Asset Allocation reminds us, most individuals do not have a sufficiently long time to recover from large drawdowns from any one risky asset class. What if they are ALL at all-time highs?

We have focused too much on the last 40 years as a model of what the markets can deliver in the long run. Yet if we expand the study to the last 200 years, passive investing has a very mixed record.

Our leaders want to convince us that they have the power to defy business cycles, outlaw recessions, and wipe out risk premiums. They’d like us to believe we live now in a risk-free, recession-free, ever-growing financial world. We have our doubts.

At Sicart we have a different mandate than risk-seeking, alpha-generating hedge fund investors. They try to maximize returns in the shortest of times, we want to minimize losses in the longest of times. We take care of family fortunes.

Hedge funds open and close, lose all the money, find new clients and start over. In contrast, we are in the business of nurturing family fortunes over generations. We must remain vigilant, disciplined, and conservative.

We are not in the business of making fortunes overnight. Instead, we are in the business of preserving them for as long as possible.

Bogumil Baranowski, September 22nd, 2017

Posted on Seeking Alpha.

Available as a video podcast or audio podcast (iTunes and Podbean).

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

Life in a shrinking economy, a forgotten concept

We have forgotten what it’s like to experience a shrinking economy. The economic tailwinds we’ve enjoyed for decades, however, are beginning to turn into headwinds: demographics, consumer behavior and most of all — the debt mega-cycle. What has worked so well in the investment world for the last few decades may not only work poorly in the future, but also could get many investors into real trouble. Making and keeping money may become a lot more difficult than what we’ve gotten used to.

Thinking long-term

We at Sicart Associates don’t claim to have discovered a formula to predict the market’s direction for any particular span of time. Moreover, if we did have one, it would not be that helpful to our strategy and goals – wealth preservation over many generations. We believe that our job is to worry so that our clients have less to worry about. We think in terms of decades. So, this is a moment when we are looking backward at the last half century to assess where we might be headed to next. Fundamentally, we couldn’t be bigger optimists… but do we have some concerns about the near-term future.

The best 40 years behind us

The developed world has seen smooth financial sailing for dozens of years now, so long that many of us in the industry have known nothing else. So, let’s look at the special circumstances that brought about this halcyon period:

–we’ve had healthy population growth

–baby boomers have spent big, compensating for their parents’ post-Depression thrift

–productivity increased as technology not only became more prevalent but also lowered costs

–as a result, consumption increased, boosting GDP growth

In addition, fiscal policy has cooperated. We’ve ridden the biggest wave of constantly growing debt ever recorded. When we ran out of capital to lend, we’ve just printed fresh money to extend the “prosperity.” Last, but not least, so much private, corporate, and public debt would not have been possible without an accommodating monetary policy which in my lifetime has cut interest rates from 20% to zero.

Could anyone have asked for easier times? What amazes us is how long they have lasted.

Now, however, we see these trends as increasingly unsustainable. We expect rates to normalize. We expect deleveraging to take its toll, consumption shrinking, population growth slowing, and productivity flat-lining.

Double the debt, cut the rates, double the debt, cut the rates…

There have been economic hiccups in this prosperous period, of course: 1987, 2000, 2008, and smaller bumps in the road. Each time we could count on the government’s generous helping hand – they religiously doubled down on the debt, and cut rates in half to keep the party going. Dr. Greenspan put his gold standard beliefs aside for the time of his tenure as the Fed chairman, then a student of the Great Depression Dr. Bernanke picked up where his predecessor left off. Dr. Yellen not only promised us no crisis in our lifetime, but followed in the footsteps of Dr. Bernanke, keeping the rates very low, and only raising them (slightly). We understand – it’s almost impossible to disrupt institutional inertia. Or, for that matter, to propose alternatives to received wisdom that everyone accepts.

Why look back and learn something?

Nevertheless, if history teaches us anything, it is that every period of growth, expansion, and eventual credit bubble is followed by a major contraction. We saw it in the US between 1929 and 1932 when the economy shrank by 1/3, the stock market collapsed by 90%, and deflation cut prices by 18% (through 1936).  It took the Dow a quarter of a century to recover – a whole new generation was born, raised, and educated, before the market reached its previous high.

So, we wonder: How would have today’s passive investors fared in a turbulent period like that?

Maybe we can’t agree on the remedy, but we can agree on the cause.

No one doubts that there’s a great deal to learn from the Great Depression, but there’s some politically-generated confusion about just what those lessons are. Some claim the government did too much, some say too little. Some believe the wrong policies were put in place while others think the market would have self-corrected in time. Perhaps the more the government tries to “help,” the bigger the problems down the road. The one clear lesson from the past seems to be what conditions usually lead to an economic crisis:

– cheap and easy credit. It seems to have been a no-fail formula over decades, and centuries if not millennia. Looking for examples? How about:

–the Greek Debt Crisis

–Japan’s 1980s Bubble

–the Weimar Republic (Germany, 1920s)

–the South Sea Bubble (England, 1720s)

–the Mississippi Company Bubble (France, 1720s)

–late Roman Empire.

By debasing our currency and racking up a lot of debt in the last 40 years we haven’t invented anything new, but we did it take it to the next level.

Today

Businesses are doing great

During 40 years of tailwinds that are both unprecedented and perhaps unrepeatable, business has prospered greatly. High spending and consumption boosted revenues to ever higher levels, productivity and globalization lowered costs, which led to record profitability. The drop in the cost of debt, dramatic increase in leverage, and stock repurchases funded a one-time boost for earnings and stock prices in the last decade. General exhilaration helped expand valuations to record levels. In equities, these valuations are expressed as record high earnings multiples while for real estate and fixed income they’re record low yields. Many private equity deals and real estate projects have been made possible by sustained economic growth, higher prices and ever cheaper credit. At the same time, never-ending rounds of drastically low-cost debt financing have kept alive many otherwise bankrupt companies (zombies).

Consumers would rather go big than go home

Consumers enjoyed the ride as much as business people. The cost to borrow fell and we have been encouraged to borrow more to buy anything and everything. We’ve also been discouraged from saving. Now, we’ve not only recovered from the last correction in 2008, we hold more credit card, student, car, and mortgage debt than ever. Our investments and retirement accounts have been boosted by easy monetary policy, bidding up asset prices all around. We are richer than ever, and we’ve been able to buy more with less money down, and lower payments than ever. Just one outstanding example:

record car sales (recently finally correcting)

-with record average car prices,

-record percentage of financed cars

-record percentage of leased cars thanks to customers who want to buy big but can’t handle the monthly payments.

The US government has never been richer

The US government at every level, right down to localities, has also benefited from the last 40 years. Not only did it get easier and cheaper to borrow your way to “prosperity;” but also with all the economic growth, and asset inflation these governmental bodies have enjoyed record tax revenues. Extrapolating all those rosy assumptions into the future makes all promised obligations and benefits seem almost reasonable. We are currently hearing once again about the nervous dance around the federal debt ceiling, and attempts to raise it one more time. The concept of “fiscal discipline” seems to have disappeared from political and economic dictionaries for good.

The trends are shifting though

More with less

More cars, more homes, more things — the mantra of the last few decades — resonates less with the younger generation. They are not big buyers, and spenders. Millennials prefer transportation-sharing apps to possessing cars. Access matters more to them than ownership. They’d rather use vacation home-sharing apps rather than owning a second home or staying in hotels. Younger generation has also less disposable income due to both the student debt burden and the limited availability of well-paid jobs which would allow for mortgage, car, or second home payments. Since there are at least as many Millennials as Baby Boomers, they may eventually step up to the plate, and mature into consumers, but still probably not to the same extent as their parents.

Demographics tell the truth

The biggest consumer generation in history is retiring now. They are still in debt, they don’t have enough saved for retirement. Many will have to rethink spending habits and start tapping into savings as income starts to shrink. Overall US population growth is the slowest it’s been since 1937. The current childbearing generation tends to have fewer kids, and to have them later in life. Immigration won’t help our economy as  much as it did in the past, either: on one hand, fewer people are coming and on the other, the current administration is less immigration-friendly than previous ones, ignoring the demographic realities.

End of easy, cheap credit

Credit plays a crucial role in the economy. Short-term credit helps companies manage their working capital and helps households get through brief monthly cash flow shortfalls. Long-term credit enables big investments in new productive assets, offices, warehouses, and homes. The economy can grow faster than population and productivity growth would normally permit – but only if we can continue to expand the overall leverage in the system. We are basically spending future savings (in other words, we will have to save in the future to pay off what we borrowed today), unless the central bank buys government debt, mortgage-backed secured and other debt obligations, then we are spending money that does not actually exist. The consequences of such an experiment are unknown, but unlikely to be positive.

Either way, we at Sicart Associates argue that there is a limit to how much debt any economy can maintain. If a free market in interest rates existed, current excessive public debt would have already pushed the cost of money higher. Thus, the general cost of debt would have risen and quickly put an end to the credit expansion. As Richard Ebeling, in his refreshing book Monetary Central Planning and the State, reminds us: “Monetary central planning is one of the last vestiges of generally accepted out-and-out socialist central planning in the world.” He adds “Government can no more correctly plan for the ‘optimal’ quantity of money or the properly ‘stabilized’ general scale of prices than it can properly plan for the optimal supply and pricing of shoes, cigars, soap or scissors.”

Eventually though, the total outstanding debt will not only stop growing; it will start shrinking (paid off, defaulted or not-rolled over), and rising rates will accelerate the process. Our consumption, spending, and financial engineering will correct themselves automatically.

When trends collide

What happens when decelerating population growth and productivity improvement run up against shrinking and more expensive debt and lower spending?

Asset bubbles burst

With consumers spending less and the cost of debt rising, revenues, margins, and cash flow will all come under pressure. Many assets will become less attractive, many businesses unprofitable, and perhaps even unsustainable. Valuation will compress, leading to meaningful correction in prevailing prices. We might see lower profits, lower prices, and higher cost of debt.

It’s a triple whammy for businesses and investors.

Government with emptier pockets and growing obligations

If tax revenue shrinks due to falling profits and incomes, deficits will expand unless the government cuts spending. That would require cutting welfare programs, pension fund benefits, etc. which maintain the livelihoods of an ever-growing senior citizen population. All the long-term assumptions of all pension funds at all levels would need to be rethought, and the gap between what they need and what they can actually earn will widen. Cuts, which may turn out to be unavoidable and necessary, would further undermine consumption, which spills over to businesses. They would suffer from even deeper profit cuts, and resort to even bigger employee layoffs. The result?  More pressure on tax revenue on one side, and greater need for unemployment benefits on the other. We might see higher spending needs, lower tax collection, and higher cost of debt.

It’s a triple whammy for the government policies.

Living standards adjustment

The macro correction could lead to higher unemployment, lower income, lower ability of the government to help, failing pension funds and asset price declines – homes, stocks, bonds all re-establishing values at substantially lower levels. We would both feel poorer, and have less disposable income that could be taxed at higher rates to offset a tax revenue drop. The Great Depression was an era of the biggest tax hikes in the U.S. history, with margin rate going from 25% to 94% by 1945. As demand weakened, prices would have to fall, creating a softer landing for those with sustainable income. Lower incomes, lost investments, higher cost of debt.

It’s a triple whammy for individuals.

Seeing and acting on it

It’s not hard to imagine how the last 40 years’ upward spiral driven by debt, demographics and productivity could easily become a death spiral. We at Sicart Associates are not the only ones who perceive the problem, but we are among the few who act on it. We see complacency and paralysis – cash levels among investors are at record low, short positions as well, and passive investing has never been more popular. Even investment professionals choose to either ignore the danger or take a “cautiously cautious” stand.

Buy and hold approach

We are big proponents of a “buy and hold” strategy: one-decision stocks. We buy them right, and hopefully don’t ever have to sell them. We see how that approach has done a magnificent job for us and many long-term investors, Warren Buffett among them. We do believe that times have changed. It’s not only dangerous to remain fully invested, and especially to be a passive investor; it’s also dangerous to stay blindly committed to the “buy and hold” approach. We are under the impression that we’re reaching the end of a huge cycle with peak levels of public, consumer, and corporate debt, ultra-low interest rates prolonging the cycle, and ultra-high asset prices and valuation temporarily masking the problem.

Today, successful investing is less about chasing the tail of a tired bull market, and more about preserving the capital.

Our clients are families, and our job is to take good care of their fortunes for generations to come. Today, our best course is to:

Hold only “highest conviction” stocks

Maintain excess cash positions

Keep fixed-income durations short given interest rate uncertainty

Consider some small gold exposure.

(We are more concerned about deflation hitting us first before inflation catches us by surprise later; thus, the possible role for gold.) Finally, to benefit from a potential market drop, we’d consider a very gradual use of an inverse ETF tracking a broad market index, and preferably one that is not leveraged. Additional leverage can give us a boost if we are absolutely right about the timing of the sell-off, but that’s hard to guarantee.

Abundance of investment ideas ahead, the US remains the favorite market

We expect to see some remarkable opportunities ahead, possibly even a true revival of Benjamin Graham- style fundamental equity research. In that situation, we’d probably have more ideas than money — our favorite time for stock picking.

We make it a practice to look anywhere and everywhere for ideas: among small and big companies, domestic, and foreign. We are exceptionally excited about the US market, though, given its size, diversity, and depth, backed by the 300M+ American population full of hard-working, smart, creative people and a vast, rich economy. It’s been a true talent magnet for a few centuries. We’ve been through ups and downs before. The point is to acknowledge that they happen, and to be prepared.

 

Bogumil Baranowski August 21st, 2017

Posted on Seeking Alpha.

Available as a video podcast or audio podcast (iTunes and Podbean).

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

How can we be wrong?

When we analyze an individual stock or the market as whole, we wonder how our conclusions can be wrong. Lately, we think the current market offers extremely low reward at an extremely high risk. How can it keep going up forever? Only if it finds buyers.

Since the last financial crisis, debt-funded corporate share repurchases have amounted to almost 20% of market capitalization, and they offset net selling across most other investor types. The best example of current times is Restoration Hardware which recently executed a huge and speedy buyback, loading up with debt and propelling its stock 170%+ creating a major short squeeze — while its peers remained flat, and its business fundamentals have been underwhelming.

Will anyone replace those buyers? And do they have the capital to do so?

1

Source: Thomson Reuters, Credit Suisse.

Wealth preservation vs. chasing the next hot thing

Many financial advisors will tell you that they are in the business of making money for you. Our practice, on the other hand, calls for preserving and growing family fortunes over generations. The two mindsets couldn’t be more different. We remain loyal to the same clients for many decades, and we care for their financial well-being the same way we do for our own. More conventional money-management firms, if they fail to deliver on their promises, can find new clients and new success with a novel investment idea.

We, however, understand that a disciplined, calm, deliberate contrarian approach serves us best in our endeavor. We may not always beat all asset classes or all indexes, but our top priority is preserving capital, and that we do very well. We are not complacent, however: we always question received wisdom, including our own.

Red flags all around

For a while now, we’ve been pointing out red flags in the investment world:

–record public, private, and corporate debt

–record valuations

–slowing economic growth

–staggering central bank-funded asset inflation

–record-low volatility

–record-high passive investing.

These disturbing phenomena are generally viewed with indifference in the world of finance, but we suspect they foreshadow the end of an unprecedented bubble. In other words, we are operating in an increasingly risky investment environment that offers decreasingly attractive rewards.

The most prosperous decade

On paper, the last 8 years have been a period of the biggest wealth creation in history. In the US alone, total net worth peaked at $68 trillion in late 2007, then dropped to $55 trillion in 2009. From there it soared to reach almost $95 trillion most recently. In a similar scenario, US homeowner equity got cut in half in 2009/10. Since then, in an unprecedented $7 trillion swing, it has doubled. Those are remarkable growth curves considering current weaknesses in economic recovery and productivity improvement, along with the slowest population growth in decades.

Our fear is that the most recent boom could be followed by a corresponding destruction of wealth, with potentially disastrous effects on the record number of individuals who will soon reach retirement age. Would their life savings survive a market bust?

2

Pain now, pain later, or the illusion of no pain at all

The world’s governments and central banks are currently faced with three corrective options. They may take actions that produce pain now or later, or actions to prolong the illusion that pain can be infinitely deferred. (Another term for this might be “kicking the can down the road.”) If you were sitting in the dentist’s chair you’d probably choose the last strategy. That’s human nature. But as professionals, we at Sicart are wary of illusion. If our leaders truly normalize fiscal and monetary policy, we’ll see major deflation and explosion of the asset price bubble, followed by a severe depression and massive unemployment. Unfortunately, all that pain might be required to shape a sounder economy for generations to come.

The big illusion persists

If our leaders choose to continue postponing financial pain, we’ll see more weak growth and more market distortions in asset prices, feeding further illusion.

Central banks will further expand their mandate beyond inflation and employment targets, and officially start to do all that is in their power to never allow any asset price to fall. This will only take the current absurdity to a whole new level.

Unfortunately, a great deal can go wrong with that attempt to defy market and economic cycles by riding the wave of ever cheaper credit and ever more debt. We may think we have escaped the pain of a serious market correction, but it will catch up with us eventually.

The Federal Reserve is already a big holder of mortgage-backed securities, propping up assets ranging from our home prices to government bonds. The European Central Bank (ECB) is equally active in government bonds, and has been a big buyer of corporate bonds. In addition the Swiss National Bank (SNB) has been shopping globally, snapping up mega caps in the US (Apple, Microsoft, Amazon, Facebook, and Alphabet, for instance). Meanwhile the Bank of Japan (BOJ) has become the biggest holder of local ETFs (71% of the nation’s ETF market as of July 2017).

Unlimited buying power and no accountability

Propping up the market is nothing new. Conceptually that’s what banker John Pierpont Morgan did in 1907, that’s what was attempted in 1929. However, Morgan’s capital was limited and private.

In 2017, we have central banks with unlimited buying power and unlimited options. The ECB took 12 months to even disclose what they’ve been buying in the corporate bond market, and did so only under pressure.

If we count the assets of the 10 largest central banks, Bloomberg reports, the total amounts to $21 trillion in central bank assets or 30% of the world economy; or 1/3 of the world market capitalization; or 1/3 of official world public debt, or the total value of the US stock market. How much is too much?

3

Source: Bloomberg

The other difference between the present and the era of J.P. Morgan’s intervention in the market is the duration. In 1907, it was brief. Today, however, the central banks’ involvement in markets can prop up prices for almost a decade, and there is still no end to it. Needless to say, such a long period of market distortion only creates an ever-bigger gap between the reality of market forces and the illusion created by monetary and fiscal wizardry.

The biggest leveraged buyout (LBO) in history? Biggest market rally ahead?

Could central banks buy another $50 or $100 trillion of anything they want at whatever price they want? Of course, they could. If they did, asset prices could continue to climb. Could the central bankers take all public markets in all securities private? Interest rates are set at zero, credit is free, risk premium is a forgotten concept, printing presses are allowed to run full speed. What’s more, central banks can buy and hold almost everything: government bonds, mortgage-backed securities, corporate bonds and equities, on top of what John Maynard Keynes referred to as – “barbarous relic” – gold.

Thought experiment

If you extrapolate this market intervention to the limits of imagination, central banks could eventually own all corporate and public debt, all banks, all formerly publicly traded equities, and all real estate: any asset with a price tag. When you go through that thought experiment, we end up in some really silly world…

Blast from the past

In fact, we are transported to the last days of the failing centrally-planned economies of Central and Eastern Europe. Back in the late 1980s local currency had no credibility as a store of value so people’s savings were in US dollars (referred to as “hard currency” and treated with the utmost respect). There were no public equities, no bond market, and real estate was most often leased rather than owned. Is that where we are headed? What will be our hard currency this time?

Haven’t we learned anything?

If central banks eventually own all assets, any former asset-holder will be sitting on a lot of newly printed cash with nothing to spend it on. What do you call a time when too much paper money is chasing too few goods? Hyper-inflation.

The IMF, studying the early-1990s policies in Central Europe concluded that “cheap credit, fiscal deficits financed by central banks had led to near hyper-inflation.”  Having witnessed that economic experiment at first hand, I sincerely hope we are not headed that way.

To undo the damage of the centrally planned economy in Central Europe almost 30 years ago, the IMF set a fundamental rule for the governments – it forbade the national central banks to finance government budget deficits and forbade the issue of new currency. Isn’t this the very rule that all major “free market” countries violate so openly these days? Is it time to reinstate that old rule?

No normalization in sight

Year-to-date, despite the supposedly improving economy and inflation picking up, central banks bought $1.5 trillion in assets with BOJ and ECB leading the race. If they keep up the same pace throughout the rest of the year, this will be the biggest buying spree in a decade. Something tells us that new highs for the stock market may have something to do with it.

Lately, the Fed has alarmed some observers with talk of tightening and balance-sheet shrinking, but we wouldn’t bet on policies normalizing anytime soon. In our definition, that means the Fed going back to its original role – lender of last resort, allowing the market to freely set interest rates reflecting true investment risks across the full spectrum of assets.

Revolutionary idea? Hardly. The same way the market sets prices of thousands if not millions of goods and services every day without the help of a dozen wizards secretly contemplating the next price change and communicating in codes causing the markets to whipsaw as central bankers “recalibrate the message” each time.

Reading the tea leaves

Recently the famous motivational speaker Tony Robbins asked Former Fed Chairman Alan Greenspan: “So, in this world of intense volatility and insane central banking policies around the globe, what is the one thing you would do if you were still the Fed chairman today?” Greenspan paused for a while. Finally, he leaned forward and said: “Resign!

It was probably the clearest, and shortest answer anyone has ever gotten from Dr. Greenspan, who once famously said: “I know you think you understand what you thought I said but I’m not sure you realize that what you heard is not what I meant”. We know what he meant this time. It’s never been more difficult to be a central banker – never the stakes have been higher, never the dilemmas bigger.

We’ll take Dr. Greenspan’s frank response over recent Dr. Yellen’s comforting assurance of no financial crisis in our lifetimes. Those kinds of declarations seem to be usually very poorly timed, like Dr. Bernanke’s 2007 calming commentary or the words of the legend himself – John Maynard Keynes who told us in 1927: “We will not have any more crashes in our time”.

The bottom line: yes, central banks can become buyers of last resort, but in the long run, you can’t borrow or print your way to prosperity

The current misguided monetary and fiscal policy can last for a long-time, and central bank can establish themselves as buyers of last resort vs. lenders of last resort which was the intended role at their inception. This economic experiment will eventually have to end though.

The lesson here is not that capitalism or the free market economy has failed us.  it’s that statism, government interventionism, and central bank manipulation always eventually fail as they have done too many times before. The free market and capitalism haven’t had a chance to breathe in a while.

No one can tell just when the stock market will peak, but this is not a good time for complacency, passivity or paralysis. We wish smart decisions, good luck, and patience to everyone with a small or large fortune at stake. The next 40 years will be very different than the last 40, and likely the next 5 won’t be like the last 5.

We recommend acting accordingly.

Bogumil Baranowski – July 31st, 2017

The article was also published on Seeking Alpha.

Available as a video podcast or audio podcast (iTunes and Podbean).

 

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

What it takes to build a great family

James E. Hughes, Jr., Esq. was the founder of a law partnership in New York City specializing in the representation of private clients throughout the world. He is now retired from the active practice of law. He is a frequent lecturer for and member of the Purposeful Planning Institute, an early member of the Family Firm Institute, and has spoken at a number of their annual gatherings. He is an advisor to SAFOX in Shanghai, whose mission is to advise Chinese families on how to nurture multi-generational success. He has frequently addressed international and domestic symposia on avoiding the “shirtsleeves to shirtsleeves” trap. Mr. Hughes’ focus is helping families flourish by promoting the growth of their “capital” in many areas: not only financial but also human, intellectual, social and spiritual. Mr. Hughes is a Fellow of Wise Counsel Research Foundation; co-author with its founders, Keith Whitaker and Susan Massenzio of “The Cycle of the Gift” and “The Voice of the Rising Generation”; and co-author, with Mr. Whitaker and Hartley Goldstone of “Family Trusts”.

Mr. Hughes’ wisdom fits perfectly into our series on the blessings and curses of inherited wealth. He emphasizes the long-term, patient vision a great family needs and the importance of recognizing that enduring multi-generational wealth requires more than mere money. We have an old saying in America: “shirtsleeves to shirtsleeves in three generations.” This refers to the cycle of earning and spending that depletes many a pool of family wealth over decades.

Mr. Hughes reminds us: “As it takes 150 years for a copper beech tree [metaphorically, a great family] to mature, plant today because there is no time to waste.” He points out that “The vision underlying a system of family governance must be the enhancement of the pursuit of happiness of each individual family member as part of the enhancement of the family as a whole for the purpose of achieving the long-term preservation of the family’s wealth: its human, intellectual, and financial capital.”

While we at Sicart can be successful long-term investors and capital allocators, managing fortunes of families over generations, Mr. Hughes inspires us to look at the family’s prosperity and well-being in a broader, more holistic way.

We had the pleasure of discussing with Mr. Hughes a number of lessons he has shared with families over the decades. Here are some highlights:

The importance of family governance

In Family Wealth, he warns: “Without careful planning and stewardship, a hard-earned fortune can easily be dissipated within a generation or two.” Furthermore, “Wealth preservation is a dynamic process of group activity, or governance, that must be successfully re-energized in each successive generation to overcome the threat of entropy.”

Mr. Hughes explains: “If a family thinks it is in business to enhance the lives of its individual family members, it discovers the most powerful form of preservation thinking it can do.”

We are reminded of the importance of governance beyond financial capital alone: “Very few families have understood that their wealth consists of three forms of capital: human, intellectual and financial.”

Constant growth and renewal matter most: “Families fail to understand that wealth preservation is dynamic, not a static process, and that each generation of the family must be a first generation – a wealth-creating generation.”

There are three steps that we need to keep in mind:

  • “Once a family understands that joint decision making is a form of governance, its next step is to choose the system of governance that will serve the group of people who will be affected. To put it another way, the family must choose the system of governance that will cause the greatest number of family members affected to accept the decision as fair and to accept the individual consequences that flow from it.”
  • “The second step is adoption of a formal process for each successive generation to reaffirm its acceptance of the family’s system of governance.”
  • “The third step in achieving a successful system of family governance is the adoption of a process to amend its practices as the family evolves. “

Keeping the family narrative alive

In Family Wealth, we learn about the need to nurture each family’s identity: “Families fail to tell the family’s stories. These stories are the glue that binds together the individual members of the family. Family stories give members a sense of the unique history and values they share, their ‘differentness.’ A family that does not inoculate its young against childhood diseases would be risking its most precious assets. Failure to inoculate the family’s young against entropy with the vaccine of its history and the values that are contained in its stories is similarly risky.”

The importance of ritual in family’s long-term success

Mr. Hughes tells us: “Families who recognize with ritual the important passages in their members’ lives seem to fare better at overcoming the shirtsleeves proverb. This should not be surprising, since the creation and practice of rituals marking important developmental steps in the life of a human being are at the core of successful tribal life. Tribes are extended generations of an original family.”  He mentions coming of age, arrival of a new member, and incorporation of new members from outside as some of the important life stages that the rituals could honor. He adds, “Ritual thus serves two purposes in the life of a family seeking to thrive for many generations. It helps individuals develop from one life stage to another, and it helps the family succeed by promoting the development of its members.”

The family balance sheet, income statement and the long-term investment horizon

In Family Wealth, we are introduced to a broader definition of a family balance sheet: “The family balance sheet and family income statement are key tools for measuring the health of a family’s long-term wealth preservation business.” Among the family’s assets, Mr. Hughes lists intellectual, financial, and social capital. Liabilities can range from failure of family governance, death, and divorce to inflation and income taxes. In Hughes’ view an income statement should measure the family’s annual performance in managing its human and intellectual capital.

Mr. Hughes extends the usual long-term investor horizon to 100 years (or three generations) for family capital. He reminds us: “Families often fail to apply the appropriate time frames for successful wealth preservation.”

The complexity of interwoven family relationships

In Family Wealth we find this suggestion on managing the complexity of family relationships: “One of the things that we recommend families do at their governance meetings is to make a diagram of the family as a whole, of all of their interwoven relationships, and then make a similar diagram of all the individual relationships each family member shares with all of the other family members.” He adds: “For family members and their advisers to understand the complexity of a family’s relationships and their unique character as a composite of those relationships helps the family to understand how it exists and how it functions.”

A family bank enhancing its intellectual and human capital

Mr. Hughes introduces the concept of a family bank with its unique role in strengthening the family: “The family bank provides a means for a family’s wealth to be leveraged by making loans available to family members on terms not available commercially. These are loans that would be considered high risk by commercial bankers but are low risk to the family because of their contribution to the family’s long-term wealth preservation plan. Loans from a family bank are usually for two purposes: investment, to increase the family’s financial and intellectual capital; or enhancement, to increase the family’s intellectual and human capital.”

Control without ownership

In Family Wealth, we find this valuable advice: “Control without ownership expresses a way of thinking, a philosophy. This concept, when practiced, powerfully assists a family to overcome the proverb ‘shirtsleeves to shirtsleeves in three generations.’ Control without ownership means that each family member adopts the idea that ‘I am the owner of something if I control it, even if I am not the legal owner of that thing.’”

Mr. Hughes further adds: “As the years have passed, I have discovered that people are in fact very willing to give up ownership, but not control of decision making. Fear of loss of control is often so profound that it continues to permeate some individuals’ planning processes after their deaths.”

Finally, we read: “Every plan for the long-term wealth preservation has to take the issue of control into account and find a way to deal with it positively.”

Beneficiaries and trustees

Mr. Hughes tells us “Two complex relationships are formed between a beneficiary and trustee when a trust is created. First is the legal relationship, and the resulting individual and joint responsibilities created by that relationship. Second is the behavioral dynamic between a beneficiary who is fully educated on what it means to be a beneficiary, and a trustee who understands that his or her role is to be the beneficiary’s representative.”

He adds, “When a beneficiary and a trustee fully appreciate each other’s roles and responsibilities in the governance of the trust, their understanding advances the family’s long-term wealth preservation plan by making joint governance of the trust a positive experience for both parties. “

The role of personne de confiance

In Mr. Hughes’ book Family: The Compact Among Generations, we are introduced to the role of personne de confiance. He explains how “Personne de confiance almost always begin their careers as personnes d’affaires” and how “for centuries, these devoted professionals sought to achieve the highest status that family could bestow: the personne de confiance.”

He further shares: “In my father’s explanation, there lies another clear way to distinguish between the personne d’affaires, the person offering advice or knowledge, from the personne de confiance, the person offering courage. The person offering knowledge fills a gap in client’s needs at a level that requires no ongoing lifelong relationship with the client.”

We also learn that: “The person offering courage asks very different questions of the client, often bearing on a transition in the life of a family member or in the life of the family as a whole. Courage is the defining word because the serving professional, as personne de confiance, will frequently be expected to provide the courage needed for decision at hand, when the client knows the right answer, but lacks the resolve to act on it.”

Personne de confiance plays a role of a confidante, intermediary, among others. We, at Sicart Associates, grew to appreciate the importance of personne de confiance in a long-term success and well-being of a great family.

Family philanthropy

Family philanthropy is a frequently recurring topic that we have discussed in earlier parts of our series. In Mr. Hughes’ book, we are reminded of its importance: “Philanthropy is first, perhaps, the fundamental parent expression of personal and family values. If the family mission statement is an expression of these values, philanthropy is often the best way to move them into practice. Philanthropy can often be a means for family members who are isolated from society by their wealth to connect with the larger issues of the world and to find an active and meaningful place in it.”

The roles of mentors in the family

In Family Wealth, we learn: “Mentor represents two roles: first, that of regent, a person of deep trustworthiness who can safely hold the space for another, while that other goes on a quest; second, that of the elder and teacher who can instill knowledge in another, particularly wisdom about the other person’s journey of self-discovery.”

The author concludes: “Successful mentoring is a dialogue in which both parties learn something essential.”

Grandparents and grandchildren – natural allies

Mr. Hughes highlights the importance of a unique relationship that grandparents have with their grandchildren: “History and literature, as well as my own personal experience, all indicate that a grandparent’s relationship with his or her grandchildren is filled with pure love. Grandparenting offers the chance to teach the family positive virtues, stories, and myths without the parental obligation of being concerned with discipline and passing on by admonition the family’s negative experiences.”

In our conversations Mr. Hughes added: “Many surveys of Millennials and GenXers advise that these groups feel their grandparents are those they admire the most—not celebrities.”

 Family inversions, a new phenomenon

Mr. Hughes also commented on an interesting demographic shift that affects planning across generations. Historically the field has assumed an ever-increasing number of family members as generations evolve. However, he says, “In every developed country of the world the birth rate is far below replacement and even lower when applied only to the 1%. Thus, the reality for almost all families in the developed world (and now rapidly in the developing world among the equivalent 1% populations), families are inverting. Clearly within the next two family generations many of these families, as demography predicts, will have branches go extinct if not the family itself. I believe the planning community has missed this completely and needs to understand that its statistics about families’ unfettered growth are not only wrong — they are predicting the exact opposite of families’ realities. Helping families project their actual realities is critical to their planning realistically and fruitfully.”

Our highlights by no means cover all the great lessons from Mr. Hughes’ book – Family Wealth. We highly recommend exploring it in more detail, as well as his other publications including The Cycle of the Gift: Family Wealth and Wisdom, and Family: The Compact Among Generations.

Bogumil Baranowski – July 19th, 2017

Available as a video podcast or audio podcast (iTunes and Podbean).

Disclosure:

This article is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Emperor’s New Clothes – Understanding Today’s Financial World

A lesson from Hans Christian Andersen

Sometimes I think that we learn all we need to know in life as children, and then somehow forget it all as adults. On my frequent walks through Central Park, I pass the statue of the famous Danish writer Hans Christian Andersen, famous for his fairy tales. One of his stories has made a lasting impression on me. It’s the tale of two enterprising weavers who promise a vain emperor new clothes which will be invisible to those who are unfit for their positions at court. As you may remember, when the emperor chooses to parade his new attire, only a child in the crowd dares to say he is not wearing anything at all. Let us, for a moment, look at the financial world through the eyes of that child. (1)

New market highs in the land of make-believe

Around the globe equity, bond, and real estate markets hover at all-time highs. Valuations are extended to the limits, growth languishes, and we are beginning to question the quality of the weavers’ work — no matter how embellished their fairy tale has become. The weavers’ fabric turns out to be the ballooning debts, the threads are zero interest rates, and it’s all beautifully colored with relentless money printing.

Free market and its invisible hand vs. state interventionism and its firm visible grip

We recognize the free market’s ability to establish prices for goods, services and assets, through the natural forces of supply and demand. However, we also acknowledge the power and the extent of market manipulation through massive state interventionism, which passes today as “counter-cyclical pro-growth policies. “(2) Increasingly, we worry that this may be a failing strategy inspired by John Maynard Keynes’ faith that the state apparatus, and its ruling elite, will always save the day. (3)

Laws of economics: a quick refresher

Most of us got our grounding in economics some time after we heard fairy tales like “The Emperor’s New Clothes.” No matter when you took Economics 101, the three basic precepts are the same:

1) in order to invest or consume we are always spending our or other people’s savings, and we must repay those funds. Thus, there is a limit to what we can afford.

2) when countries have a trade imbalance, the country with a surplus accumulates the currency, and the country with a deficit eventually runs out of money. Then the exchange rate gets adjusted, and the trade is rebalanced – eventually you can’t buy what you can’t afford, can you?

3) if a government wants to borrow more money, the formula is simple: the more it borrows, the higher the rate it has to pay. Eventually it has to stop borrowing because it can’t afford to keep up payments.

You can see how there is a series of natural checks in this system. (4)

Where are the limits in our brave new world?

Over the years, these fundamental laws have been suspended. The situation resembles that of a builder constructing an ever-higher dam with ever-weaker material. “Look, I stopped the river for good!” he declares. We are smarter than that – aren’t we?

One factor that contributes to our illusions is the effect of fractional reserve banking, which permits creating more credit out of the same amount of deposits. It helps us enjoy economic booms, but also brings us regular busts, when the credit shrinks. As much as we appreciate the benefits of fractional reserve banking in good times, we need to remember the risks it carries, when the tide turns. Contrary to a growing popular belief, more and more credit is not the remedy for each and every downturn.

Secondly, trade imbalances can be maintained and extended – but not indefinitely. The printing presses of our trade partners’ central banks play a key role. Their newly printed money buys our currency, which they use to buy our public debt, which we provide with on-going, never-ending budget deficits. Again, the limit to what we can “afford” gets extended, maybe even becomes unlimited – at least for the time being. Eventually, we would need to adjust our consumption.

Thirdly, what happens when the government wants to borrow more and more? Anyone who has studied economics might have heard of the crowding-out effect. When government spending drives down private spending, and the government absorbs all the available lending capacity in the economy, the interest rates (the cost to borrow) go UP. These are simple laws of supply and demand. Free market interest rates go up, when the demand for capital goes up. This is the normal cause and effect.

But what happens if the government doesn’t need to rely on savings or the limited lending capacity of the economy? What if the central bank buys government debt with newly created money? Interest rates will likely stay unchanged or even fall, especially if they are controlled by an all-powerful central bank. That’s something we’ve experienced around the world over the last ten years. There is no limit on what the government can afford to borrow, and the prevailing belief is that more debt is a cure for any temporary weakness in the economy.

Back to the basics: capital

The foundation of a free market capitalistic economy is capital, i.e., the accumulated savings of all market participants. Capital is needed to finance our investments and our consumption. There should be a free market for that capital for those who have it (supply) as well as for those who want it to invest or spend (demand) – price discovery at its best!

Who is wearing invisible clothes now?

In our real-life parable, the savers are the last ones wearing real clothes, and instead of being praised for it, they are despised. Invisible clothes are proudly worn by everyone else. Governments spend money they don’t have and make promises they can’t possibly keep. Corporations borrow to buy businesses, pay dividends, and repurchase shares, which they can’t really afford. Consumer drive cars, wear suits and live in homes, none of which are really theirs.

War on savers won at last?

The outcome of recent trends and the evolution of contemporary economics put us in a peculiar position where the very foundation of the system –  savers and investors — is under attack. The artificial zero rate environment established by central banks pumping an unprecedented supply of money into the system has made savers’ and investors’ capital almost irrelevant. Legitimately-earned ready-to-invest capital is commingled with legally-counterfeited freshly-printed money. Thus, the praise of spending beyond one’s means and seeing credit as an ultimate remedy puts rational, responsible savers in an unfavorable position. Finally, we see emerging support for eliminating cash (5) to improve the effectiveness of a monetary policy. That’s the same policy which has brought us both real and increasingly often nominal negative interest rates, which is yet another assault on savers. As a result, savers are enticed to spend, and borrow rather than invest.

This recent phenomenon brings not so fond memories of some questionable ideas of the past. Karl Marx shared his disapproval of savers calling them “hoarders”, and John Maynard Keynes argued for “euthanasia of a rentier” expressing his dislike for thrift, and farsightedness. Lastly, Ben Bernanke not long ago blamed alleged “savings glut” for economic trouble, and challenges facing monetary policy.

New peaks of experimental economics

As a civilization with at least 5,000 years of experience with money, finance, and credit (6), we have never before reached the current levels of financial fantasy that bring us back to the vision of an unclothed emperor parading before his subjects who support his illusion so as not to be considered “hopelessly stupid.”

The correct incentives that lead to prosperity are temporarily out of favor. If history offers any guidance, the natural laws of economics can be suspended only for so long. We have to admit that sometimes we feel like characters in Samuel Beckett’s famous tragicomedy – “Waiting for Godot”. We’ll wait.

Having the courage of a child in the crowd

As contrarian investors, we often risk being considered “hopelessly stupid.” Yet we have no choice – we must find the courage of that little child in the crowd who speaks his mind.

In our role as investment managers taking good care of family fortunes over generations, we have to take steps to position our clients’ portfolios in these perilous times, where shortsightedness, complacency and passivity can prove exceptionally dangerous to wealth preservation. Blind faith and trust in the weavers’ words may get us in trouble.

The procession must go on!

This is how Hans Christian Andersen ends the tale:

“’But he doesn’t have anything on!’ said a small child.

‘Good Lord, let us hear the voice of an innocent child!’ said the father, and whispered to another what the child had said. ‘A small child said that he doesn’t have anything on!’

Finally, everyone was saying, ‘He doesn’t have anything on!’

The emperor shuddered, for he knew that they were right, but he thought, ‘The procession must go on!’ He carried himself even more proudly, and the chamberlains walked along behind carrying the train that wasn’t there.”

Maybe the procession must go on, but we choose not to follow an emperor wearing nothing.

Bogumil Baranowski – June 23rd, 2017

The article was also published by Seeking Alpha.

References:

  1. “The Emperor’s New Clothes” – Hans Christian Andersen, 1837
  2. The Great Deformation: The Corruption of Capitalism in America – David Stockman, 2014
  3. The General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money – John Maynard Keynes, 1936
  4. The New Depression: The Breakdown of the Paper Money Economy – Richard Duncan, 2012
  5. The Curse of Cash – Kenneth S. Rogoff, 2016
  6. Money Changes Everything: How Finance Made Civilization Possible — William N. Goetzmann, 2016

Disclosure: This report is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

How to save a fortune, and make money in these perilous times?

It’s obvious to us that the US equity market is overheated, and that we are due for what may prove to be one of the biggest corrections ever recorded. We don’t claim to know when exactly it will happen, how much stocks will decline, and for how long. We are no prognosticators, we are just trying to make an intelligent interpretation of the familiar facts.

We consider ourselves value contrarian long-term focused investors. We like to buy good companies when they are down, cheap or out of favor. Even today’s market’s tech darlings had their long spells in the doghouse not that long ago.

We don’t usually bother to make market forecasts. We enjoy learning about businesses, distinguishing good ones from bad ones, and maintaining discipline in buying them. For us at Sicart this is more satisfying than analysis of the big-picture macro backdrop. Normally we find that to be a futile endeavor. Nevertheless, from time to time it’s the big picture that matters more than stock picking. This is one of those times.

What do we see?

— markets hovering at all-time highs

— valuations at record levels

— fiscal and monetary stimuli unleashed to the limits of imagination

— more of the same being offered as a recipe for lackluster growth

Yet there is a dwindling conviction that even with these measures, growth could be swift and orderly.

Thus, we choose capital preservation over near term growth at a record high risk.

As we are reminded by the past and by observations credited to such financial masterminds as Baron Rothschild, J.P. Morgan, and Bernard Baruch, fortunes are made by selling too early. Seeing a problem is one thing; acknowledging and speaking up about it is another. Acting on that conclusion is a whole different thing.

From the big picture, top-down point of view, we see a lot of red flags; from the bottom-up point of view, we see little (if anything) that we really like.

If you just look at the price chart of any major US or global index or for that matter, you’ll see an all-time high. Momentum investors might get excited about it, though they get easily bruised in this flattening market. We, on the other hand, are curious as to how much further can this go on, and what will follow.

No matter which metric you like to use — trailing 12-month price-to-earning, cyclically adjusted price-to-earnings, PEG ratio to account for meager growth — the conclusion is self-evident; the market is very expensive. According to many metrics, it’s the most expensive it has ever been, going back to the foundation of modern stock markets.

We would have no issue with a chart climbing to the sky, and valuations on a similar trajectory, if we held only stocks characterized by accelerating growth and improving margins. However, that does not reflect the broader market. GDP growth and underlying earnings growth have been decelerating.

S&P 500 companies are enjoying peak margins mostly because of the artificially low cost of borrowing, which is responsible for the majority of margin improvement since the 2009 market low. If that wasn’t enough, S&P 500 companies (excluding financials) almost doubled their leverage (debt-to-EBITDA), which helped grow earnings per share through record high buy-backs, and top-line through acquisitions. That one-time tactic has its limits.

Some pundits argue that during the internet bubble some valuation metrics were even higher. This, they claim, creates more headroom. They forget to mention that the last 5 years do not compare at all to the late 1990s. Back then the GDP was growing at twice the current rate while productivity grew at three times the current rate. What’s more, 5- and 10-year average EPS growth was in high single-digit percentage vs. less than 1% for the same periods today.

Let’s prime the pump!

With fragile growth, one might hope for more counter-cyclical monetary and fiscal stimulus from Washington. How much dry powder is left, though? Interest rates are close to zero. The Fed’s balance sheet hasn’t been this big since the Great Depression. US government debt hasn’t been this high since funding the world’s biggest war (WW2). Meanwhile total US debt –including corporate and consumer –has also peaked. These conditions would usually prompt easy money policies and more fiscal stimulus to “prime the pump” when the growth stalls. However, those tools have already been used extensively. What’s more, they have their limits. The record shows they haven’t been very effective. If anything, they’ve helped inflate asse pricess even beyond the peaks the market reached prior to the Great Recession.

The broad economic picture is only one side of the current situation. Looking at it another way, very few individual stocks meet our strict contrarian criteria. Yet a high concentration of all stocks hovers close to 52-week or even multi-year highs. That reminds us of a store where everything is priced the same, regardless of quality.

At the same time, very few stocks trade at comparably low prices: 52-week or multi-year lows, our usual hunting ground. The majority of companies that happen to be down have been tarnished by fraud, litigation, or questionable business practices.

Given the macro and micro backdrops, you’d think this supposedly efficient market would price the risks and rewards properly.

Unfortunately, the market sometimes operates like someone who boldly runs out of the house with no umbrella because it’s not raining — only to get drenched 5 minutes later. So, who is making calls in this so-called efficient market? With an unprecedented expansion of passive index investing, there’s less independent thinking and more blind following. This is a worrisome development.

More and more debt is not a sustainable solution.

Human civilization offers over 5,000 years of recorded history of debt. Bubbles go back as far as the Babylonians, Ancient Greeks and Romans over-expanded with the help of easy credit and debased currency. These cycles have been repeated throughout history. We have nothing against the use of credit but there is such a thing as excess leverage, as mankind has learned and forgotten over and over again.

Deleveraging is usually disruptive to the economy, society, markets, asset prices, and asset allocation.

There are at least four possible scenarios: 1) initial deflation followed by an over-large stimulus, leading to hyperinflation (example: the Weimar Republic in the 1920s) 2) just enough stimulus to keep the economy alive while escaping deflation for decades (example: contemporary Japan) 3) we miraculously grow our way out of trouble (historical example: none) 4) governments and central banks step aside, and let the free market correct itself, resulting in deflation, temporary recession, subsequent honest debt repayment through higher taxes, followed by interest rate normalization.

In more detail:

  • A likely scenario would lead to stalled growth, increased unemployment, and deflationary pressures – massively unpopular results. The Fed and the government would follow their Pavlovian response and cut the rates to zero. Unleashed asset buying would swell the Fed’s balance sheet with more air. Meanwhile the government would augment the stimulus with higher spending and lower taxes. Debt levels would balloon further. Eventually creditors would have doubts about the government’s, consumers’, and corporations’ ability to pay their debts.  As faith in the currency wavers, inflation would finally kick in.
  • Or: just enough fiscal and monetary stimuli would keep growth above zero, teetering between deflation and hyperinflation. (Imagine a tightrope walker on a windy day with a bit of rain and hail.) Government could keep this up for as long as possible, as Japan did for almost 30 years while a dramatic asset deflation eroded wealth (stocks and real estate lost 80%+ of their value over time). It’s a path of slow, almost invisible nationalization, where private market participants are gradually replaced by the government.
  • We would like to be wrong about the near-term challenges. We would love to see growth accelerate at unprecedented levels so we can grow our way out of public, consumer, and corporate debt while the level of interest rates normalizes. However, history offers no examples of this.
  • The most rational scenario is like an unpleasant dose of medicine, i.e. allowing free market forces to take over after decades of counter-cyclical fiscal and monetary interventionism. Deflation would take its toll across services, goods, and assets, while we deleverage the economy. Taxes would rise to pay off the excess debt we’ve accumulated over many decades. (Not only unpleasant, but difficult to execute politically.) Once this is accomplished we can grow from a new, healthier base. This process was carried out in the US in early 1920s and again after WW2, when fiscal discipline and responsible monetary policy were still virtues. This path could be self-imposed or enforced by creditors.

Clearly, the only two options are tightening and deleveraging now, or deleveraging later. The order of steps the economy follows will determine which assets will prove safe havens, and which ones eventually offer satisfactory returns.

The global GDP grows in two ways – population growth and productivity growth.  Every other kind of growth is borrowed (or stolen) from the future, through the use of debt. Given current demographics and the immigration stance of today’s administration, population growth cannot provide a sufficient boost for the US economy. Meanwhile productivity plateaued a while ago. Apparently sharing selfies, lining up to buy electric sportscars, and binge-watching streamed TV shows have not been incremental enough to our economic output – hence our obvious doubts about the rosy scenario.

Neither excessive public debt or attempts to turn them into success stories are a 21-st century invention. In the early 18th century, Mississippi Company was a vehicle set up to help consolidate and reduce the cost of a massive national debt in France, and South Sea Company was a similar attempt in the UK, we all know that both led to infamous bubbles that fooled such brilliant minds as Sir Isaac Newton himself.

Today, successful investing is less about chasing the tail of a tired bull market, and more about preserving the capital.

Our clients are families, and our job is to take good care of their fortunes for generations to come. Today, our best course is

–to hold only “highest conviction” stocks

–maintain excess cash positions

–keep fixed-income durations short given interest rate uncertainty

–consider some small gold exposure.

(We are more concerned about deflation hitting us first before inflation catches us by surprise later; thus, the possible role for gold.) Finally, to benefit from a potential market drop, we’d consider a very gradual use of an inverse ETF tracking a broad market index, and preferably one that is not leveraged. Additional leverage can give us a boost if we are absolutely right about the timing of the sell-off, but that’s hard to guarantee.

Why are we optimistic despite such a gloomy backdrop?

We are big believers in the strength and resilience of a free market capitalist economy with its natural business cycles. We are highly skeptical of the efficiency and lasting success of counter-cyclical fiscal and monetary state interventionism. What gets us excited is the prospect of bargains across all asset classes that will follow the current effort to overrule inevitable forces of the free market.

We are playing the very long term game. We can wait. Today investing may feel like shopping in a crowded department store at the peak of pre-holiday frenzy, but we all know what happens after New Year’s Day — fewer shoppers, better selection, better prices. It only takes some patience.

Bogumil Baranowski, Sicart Associates, LLC – 5/19/2017

The article was also published by Seeking Alpha

Disclosure: This report is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

New Generation Of Successful Entrepreneurs, New Ways Of Giving Back And Monitoring

In our series “Blessings & Curses of Inherited Wealth – The Guide for Inheritors”, we have had the pleasure to investigate inheritance with inheritors, experts and authors,with a variety of stories and experiences. The one topic that comes up very often is philanthropy. A lot of inheritors and first generation wealth creators find it very fulfilling to give back. It helps them find a fuller sense of purpose, and makes them feel part of the community.

As much as philanthropy is a worthwhile, inspiring pursuit, it can have its challenges. Alexandre Mars took upon himself making giving back easier, more efficient, and smarter by employing his skills, talents, and experience acquired in business, entrepreneurship and technology.

Mr. Mars’ Epic Foundation links wealthy young entrepreneurs with charities helping children and young people. Smartphones, apps, virtual reality headsets are the tools used by Epic to jumpstart a wave of innovation in philanthropy; I had the pleasure of attending their gala last year at the French Consulate in New York City. and I learned a lot about how connecting donors with those who benefit from their donations is changing.

Alexander Mars was kind enough to sit down with us and tells us more about his philanthropy.

What was the inspiration for the Epic idea?

I always knew I would use my success for good- it was embedded in me from a young age. Upon selling my fifth startup, I went on a journey to decide how exactly that would be. My wife and I pulled our kids out of school and spent months traveling the world- from Peru to Mongolia, Sydney to Moscow- sitting down with local people, philanthropists, policy makers and NGOs, asking “how does it work in your country, how do you think we can have an impact, what can be different in the near future?”

This period of market research revealed a major gap between charities that need funding and those who want to give: 1) The charitable sector has been slow to adopt technology for the purpose of donor engagement. 2) Non-profits are still communicating with their donors through traditional means (i.e. an annual report). 3) People are confounded by the number of organizations supporting each cause and lack the time, knowledge or trust in their work to contribute.

As an entrepreneur, I was able to identify these gaps and understand how I could use my two decades of skills and experiences to fill them in. Thus, Epic Foundation was born.

 Your motto is: “give better, give smarter, give more” – could you elaborate on those three main goals.

Our tag line is aligned with the gaps we’re trying to fill- mainly the lack of knowledge, time and trust people have in their charity. We’re tapping into a wealth of resources available to us through innovation, design thinking, etc. to overcome the barriers people face when they’re giving. We’re allowing them to feel more confident in their donation which in turn makes them want to give more.

How does technology affect philanthropy?

The same way it is affecting every other industry today- it’s driving change. Philanthropy has been shifting for several years. On one hand, the conveniences of technology have allowed everyone to see the perils of the world more easily, so the perception of philanthropy as a hobby for wealthy retirees no longer applies. The narrative that you should wait until you have the wealth or the time to give back is no longer relevant.

On the other hand, technology is facilitating the ways people are getting involved. One obstruction preventing people from giving is the lack of transparency in where their money is going. Technology is able to overcome this. As in the case of Epic, we enable our donors to track their social portfolio online– similar to how you can monitor a stock portfolio – to help people understand how their donation is creating impact.

The younger generation wants to give more, and start giving earlier – what’s your advice for them? How can Epic play a role in their pursuit?

It’s no surprise that, as the nature of philanthropy is changing, so are the types of people who are coming forward to give. The new generation of donors are tech savvy, hungry to get involved and make a powerful impact in the world today. They want to go beyond giving money and become more active in helping the causes they care about.

For this generation, the lines between philanthropy, consumption and work are blurring as young people seek to align different elements of their lives with their values. It’s a powerful movement and young people should recognize this strength. As the generation that will soon dominate the workforce, they can cover some serious ground in urging their employers and elders to get involved.

Epic is advocating for young workers’ involvement in philanthropy by helping businesses integrate ways for them to give to charity. For example, we have advised several entrepreneurs, family offices and even companies, from luxury retailers to blue-collar manufacturing corporations, on how they can institute payroll giving. It’s a simple option added to your paycheck that turns leftover change into impact. That sixty cents at the end of your paycheck may be meaningless to you, but when added to the pool of leftover change from 1,000+ other employees- that’s meaningful.

There are many causes, and many places in need. How do you choose your area of focus? What are they?

All of our organizations support children and youth. This focus acts as an umbrella with four targeted areas of impact directly beneath- rights & protection, health, education and economic empowerment.

Traveling the world with my own children has given me the privilege to meet and live with families around the world. It’s clear to me that the challenges we as parents and citizens are all so worried about, such as climate change, will be faced and fought in full by our children. To solve these big global challenges we have to invest in empowering the next generation of global leadership: our children and youth around the world.

You put a lot of emphasis on monitoring your impact. How do you accomplish it? Why is it so important?

This need has surfaced through the abilities of technology to finally allow us to tackle it in a simple and effective manner. Gone are the days people rely on end-of-the-year paper reports because that’s the only manner of engagement with a nonprofit that existed. If technology allows us to log on and check our investment portfolios, why shouldn’t the same platform exist to check our impact portfolios as well?

Money is money. The desire for consumers to know what their money is buying is no different from donors who want to know where their money is going. This has become even more important as the news of scandals and mismanagement of funds from a small number of NGOs splashed across page 6 have eroded people’s confidence in charities. Our monitoring team ensures that donors receive a true and fair assessment of organizations, enjoy transparency and accountability and significantly mitigate the risk of an underachieving philanthropic strategy.

Lastly, you allow donors to experience their impact? How do you do that? Why do you think it plays such an important role especially with younger donors?

For years, giving was seen as a one-sided action which is why we viewed those who don’t give as “selfish”- it’s an emphasis on the self. You can really see this has started to change with new terms such as “impact investing” or “corporate social responsibility” gaining momentum in recent years. An investment means you get something back, so it’s a clear shift from the previous narrative.

These terms run parallel to the needs of a new generation of donors who desire a two-way conversation around giving. We realized this early on, which is why it’s so heavily embedded into what we do, but we also saw growth in people focusing on new experiences. The younger generation is keen on showing what they’re engaged in. You don’t see their Instagram feeds with 10 pictures of their new sofa. Instead, you see them exploring new places, trying new things, volunteering, etc.

We organize on-site donor visits to some of the 30 (and counting!) organizations we support. There’s power in a simple site visit that can turn curiosity in stopping by the drop-off center from Ali Forney Center (one of our NYC-based organizations helping homeless LGBTQ youth), for example, into suggesting a new activity helping the beneficiaries, or identifying a way to donate your time to the cause you support as well.

For those who cannot physically visit the organizations, we’ve introduced virtual reality (VR) capabilities in a series of VR-based films providing a window into the work of the organizations we work with. People can step into a classroom in East Africa or a children’s hospice in the UK without ever stepping foot out of their living room. It’s pretty powerful stuff! I still get excited waiting for someone’s reaction about 5 seconds after I put a VR headset on them and start the video.

Thank you for taking the time to discuss with us new ways of giving back for the new generation of philanthropists.

 

Available as a video podcast or audio podcast (iTunes and Podbean).

Disclosure: This report is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

PREPARING FOR THE SALE OF THE CENTURY — OR JUST BEING PRUDENT?

Asset prices at record highs, and bound to decline

As much we avoid forecasting the market’s direction, we have reasons to believe the US stock market is too high. It’s not a question of “if” but “when,” “how much,” and “for how long” stock prices will drop. We believe that most asset prices could be subject to some of the biggest declines we have seen in decades, if not a century.

There are two possible paths from current highs. Both have been tried before, are well documented and well examined, and both lead downward. At Sicart Associates capital preservation is our foremost objective, so we need to pay close attention to this moment. While we are cautious near-term, and hold higher than usual cash levels, we are excited about the future buying opportunities that meaningful corrections always bring.

Stability begets instability

Twenty-five years ago, Professor Hyman Minsky (1919-1996) argued against the prevailing view that that economic crises were triggered by external stimuli such as oil crises, wars or technological revolutions. Minsky suggested that the internal dynamics of the system itself could generate shocks. (“The Financial Instability Hypothesis” – Levy Economics Institute of Bard College – May 1992)

In fact, Minsky believed that during periods of economic equilibrium, banks, investment firms and other economic agents become complacent. It is assumed that the good times will continue, so ever-greater risks are taken in pursuit of profit. In other words, the seeds of the next crisis are sown during the good times, in the form of increased financial leverage. Alas, Minsky’s theories were largely ignored outside of a small circle of like-minded experts until the 2007-2009 sub-prime mortgage crisis propelled him to near-rock-star status in the financial media.

Yet just weeks ago, on March 21st, 2017, one of history’s longest periods of low stock market volatility ended with the first daily 1% drop across all indices. This span of apparent stability, topping one of the longest bull markets in history, reminds us of famous economist Irving Fisher’s observation on the eve of the 1929 stock market Crash and Great Depression that “stock prices have reached what looks like a permanently high plateau.”

And, of course, it also points us to Hyman Minsky’s warning that “stability begets instability … the more stable things appear, the more dangerous the ultimate outcome will be, because people start to assume everything will be all right and end up doing stupid things.”

Planting seeds of instability, and shocks

We at Sicart believe that wealth preservation and growth for family fortunes holding a variety of assets is especially threatened by not only natural business cycles, but also by the excesses of irresponsible government policies around the world attempting to defy deflation.

As a country, the US finds itself at a point of record-high debt, excessively easy money policies, and inflated asset prices. We see only two paths from here, and neither offers great investment opportunities in the short term. One path opts for tightening fiscal and monetary policies sooner, and the other for doing so later (if at all). Eventually, both trajectories lead to major drops in asset prices.

Fortunes are saved at market peaks, and created at market lows

We are strong optimists about the future of the US and its economy, but we choose not to ignore major stock market swings that can hurt our clients.

Famous financiers Bernard Baruch and Baron Rothschild are credited with saying that the secret to their successes was selling too early. The biggest fortunes have been saved by stepping out of the markets in the midst of a bubble – not after it burst. We take note, and today hold historically high cash balances while we wait for the biggest buying opportunities ahead.

History also teaches us that the biggest fortunes were built not by picking the top of bull markets, but by being ready at the bottom of bear markets. That’s the period when we’ll be able to add the most value after saving our clients from the disappointments of a bursting bubble.

The three big questions

We’d like to propose answers to three key questions that are on our minds, and on the minds of those holding a variety of assets today.

  1. Why do we believe that prices are exceptionally high? How did we get here?
  2. Why do we believe they need to come down? What are the two possible paths for them to do so?
  3. How can we position ourselves now to take advantage of opportunities later on?

1. Why do we believe that prices are exceptionally high? How did we get here?

Today we are witnessing record stock prices, record valuations, record margins for companies, and slowing earnings growth — which without record-high stock repurchase programs funded with record-cheap debt, would be even slower. In other words, we are surrounded by inflated expectations waiting for a day of reckoning. That will be a severe reality check. Let us look at some charts to substantiate our claim.

The highest market, in the US and globally

As you can see on both charts, S&P 500 representing the US market is at an all-time high, and MSCI World covering the entire world is also breaking records.

1

Source: Bloomberg.

2

Source: Bloomberg.

Second-highest market valuation in 130 years, using CAPE

Professor Robert Shiller’s cyclically-adjusted price/earnings ratio tells a clear story that we have quoted in previous articles. The US stock market has been more expensive only in the midst of the internet bubble of the 1990s. In other words, today investors are paying 75% more for each dollar of companies’ earnings than we have on average over the last 130 years. See chart below.

Cyclically Adjusted Price to Earnings Ratio (CAPE) for the S&P 500

3

Source: Robert Shiller.

Actually, the highest-ever market valuations considering lackluster growth

Like any ratio, the CAPE doesn’t necessarily tell the whole story. Since the valuation of the market is an expression of growth expectations, it’s interesting to compare it with underlying economic growth. Here, we will see that the current CAPE divided by ten-year average growth of GDP is substantially higher than it was even during the internet bubble.

Meanwhile, as John P. Hussman of the Hussman Funds, points out in his 3/6/17 letter to Fund holders, the valuation of the median component of the S&P 500 (50% are cheaper and 50% more expensive) “is already far beyond the median valuations observed at the peaks of 2000, 2007 and prior market cycles… making this the most broadly overvalued moment in market history.”

4

Source: 720 Global, and Robert Schiller.

Much weaker economic backdrop than 1990s

To fill in some details, we add this table highlighting some key metrics. What do we see? Not only do current valuations exceed the 1990s peak, but also the economic backdrop is much less favorable. Current GDP growth is weaker, as is the productivity growth. What’s more:

— Federal Debt more than tripled

— personal and corporate debt went up 170% percent

— the US government is running much bigger deficits

— corporate earnings have fallen over the last 3 years and are flat over the last 5 years compared with high single-digit growth back in the 1990s

— lastly, the Fed fund rate is little above 0%, while it was at 5.4% back then

5

Source: 720 Global

Corporate earnings growth and economy slowing down

Investors seem to have concluded that we have to pay more than ever for the same dollar amount of earnings. If earnings were consistently growing (or even better, growing at an accelerating pace) we might be less concerned. But growth is slowing, and the underlying economy is decelerating as well.

6

Source: 720 Global, Standard and Poor’s.

7

Source: 720 Global.

Less room to improve margins, too

As stock pickers, we like to look at margins that tell us how profitable companies are. They go up and down cyclically, as well as throughout the life of a company. Even when growth is slowing there is sometimes hope for better margins, which could lead to an acceptable earnings trajectory. Here, the picture is equally concerning. S&P 500 margins are also at their peak, making it harder and harder for companies to show further earnings improvement. On top of it, the majority of the margin expansion since the Great Recession came from lower cost of borrowing, which with record low rates can’t go much lower.

8

Source: Yardeni.com, Standard & Poor’s Thomson/Reteurs I/B/E/s.

Buybacks helped cover up slowing growth

Prices and margins are at all-time highs while growth languishes: bad enough. But the growth of earnings per share growth would have been even weaker if we excluded the benefit of unprecedented repurchase programs. Companies sometimes choose to spend their cash flow and borrow cheap money to buy their own shares and shrink the share count, creating an illusion of earnings per share growth. If buybacks take place when the stock prices are low and investment opportunities limited, they might be applauded by the investor community. Currently, though, we’re concerned by how highly the market values truly weak earnings performance.

9

Source: Business Insider.

10

Source: Hedgopia.com

Let’s get this growth going then!

You might say: “But we can cut the rates, start a monetary and fiscal stimulus, and growth will come back.” In theory, yes. The truth, however, is that over the last 9 years the US has been doing both at unprecedented levels.

Record low rates, record high debt, record easy money policies

Declining growth and fear of deflation have led the government and the Federal Reserve to deploy the biggest-ever fiscal and monetary stimulus. The rates hovered near zero, public debt ballooned, and the Federal Reserve has become the biggest buyer and holder of government’s debt. It’s a pattern that we have seen around the world – Europe and Japan are in the same predicament.

I. What happened to interest rates?

Looking at 150 years of rates policy, the chart speaks for itself. We have never had a period of zero rates before. In other words, there has never been a monetary stimulus of bigger proportions.

11

Source: ZeroHedge, Goldman Sachs.

II. What happened to government debt?

It’s been soaring; the government has been unable to resist the allure of more cheap debt. Lower taxes and the big infrastructure spending that we’ve been hearing about seem to be more of the same–  both lead to even greater indebtedness.

12

Source: U.S. Department of the Treasury, St Louis Federal Reserve

To put it in context, we haven’t seen government debt like this since WWII, when the country was building up capacity to face the biggest war the world ever fought.

14

Source: www.tradingeconomics.com

It’s not just government debt that concerns us: total debt is at staggering levels, too.

15

Source: Dent Research.

III. What about the Federal Reserve?

Since the late 1940s, there hasn’t been comparable participation in the market on the part of the Federal Reserve. The Fed expands its balance sheet by “printing” money and buying government bonds, mortgage-backed securities and other assets to boost the money supply, and stimulate growth. This chart ends in 2012, but the Fed’s balance sheet continued to grow further and peaked at pre-WWII era levels.

16

Sources: Federal Reserve Board, Bureau of Economic Analysis, Historical Statistics of the United States/Haver Analytics.

What have these strategies accomplished?

I. No deflation

The result of all of these unprecedented stimuli is twofold: deflation has been avoided, and asset prices have increased greatly.  The developed world temporarily won a battle, but probably not a war against deflation. Historically, as you can see on the chart below, the world economy has regularly experienced sharp deflations and sharp inflations. Ever since the US departed from a currency tied to precious metals, we were able to easily print more currency, and increase supply of money, thereby avoiding deflation. This is a powerful tactic in the midst of recession, especially if used sporadically and for a brief period of time.

17

Source: Deutsche Bank, GFD.

II. Meager economic results

In the last decade, prolonged stimuli achieved limited results in terms of growth. The result instead was a slow- growth environment. The Fed fears that any tightening of monetary policy may undermine that already weak growth, and the government is equally cautious tightening its fiscal policy. We find ourselves in a corner with limited options to move further.

18

Source: National Bureau of Economic Research, Bureau of Economic Analysis.

All asset prices enjoyed the ride up

To anyone claiming that equities are alone in this unprecedented bonanza of growth, take a look at the home price index. These charts, looking back to the late 1800s, also remind us that home values do fluctuate, and fairly dramatically.

20

Source: St. Louis Fed, S&P, Robert Schiller.

21

Source: Robert Schiller.

 Before the bubble bursts

An interesting phenomenon always occurs right before the reality check hits investors. Those who missed out on an 8-year long bull market finally feel compelled to join. They have a hard time picking specific stocks, which on the whole are expensive and not attractive, so these late-to-the-party investors buy the broad market funds. They just want a piece of the action. That’s why we have seen days of record inflows to index funds.

Lastly, despite flat earnings for the S&P 500 over the last few years, we have witnessed a big rally since last November. The enthusiasm around the new administration with its pro-job, pro-business narrative inspired a new wave of investors. As much we would like to see lower and simpler taxes along with more efficient government, we are concerned about the protectionist tone of the current government, its mixed record on execution, and lofty expectations for its success already baked into the market prices. We believe those business-friendly policies will be slow to show benefits. Also, the more revenue-neutral they are, the less of an actual short-term boost they can bring. Finally, the recent record of the current administration invites some doubts about the overall execution of the policies to begin with.

If all that new investor enthusiasm were arriving in the midst of a recession, we would take it more seriously. However, the monetary and fiscal arsenal has already been exhausted. Further, the US is experiencing record-low unemployment, along with wage inflation. Improvement from here will require more than another dose of the same medicine. If you think protectionist tendencies and stricter immigration policies worldwide (UK’s Brexit, the French presidential election’s tone) are something new, the 1930s provide a striking – and chilling — comparison.

  1. Why do we believe asset prices need to come down?

Just because the asset prices are high, that doesn’t mean they have to come down, does it? Maybe Irving Fisher’s observation from 1929 will be right this time, and stocks have reached a permanent plateau. Wouldn’t that be nice?

In terms of lessons, the world has little new to offer; history may not repeat itself, but definitely rhymes more often than we are willing to admit. If that’s the case regarding the current economy, let’s see where we can find rhymes.

Our thesis: No matter what, asset prices are going down dramatically

After extensive research, we find two only two possible paths from the current situation — the proverbial fork in the road. As we mentioned earlier, the US is not the only country facing this dilemma. Europe, Japan, and many other big economies need to make a hard choice here, too.

Two potential options have both been thoroughly tried, documented, and examined.

Path #1 tightening now

–normalized interest rates

–tightening of monetary policy

–central banks ending their participating in asset buying

–letting prices find their own natural equilibrium

–in sum, more responsible fiscal policy

Path #2 more of the same, tightening later or never

– zero or negative interest rates

–more easy money policies with central banks buying even more bonds and equities to prop up prices (and keep rates low

–more fiscal stimulus – lower taxes, bigger spending, doubling our total debt once again

In fact, these two paths to lower prices end up looking identical. The slower version, #2, will eventually lead to path #1. It may take a while (defaults, debt restructurings, higher taxation, wealth transfers). We also know that if path #1 feels too hard, we tend fall back into path #2 again, and again (more bailouts, more easy money, more spending). We can keep kicking the can further down the road, but we can’t make it disappear.

In the real world, when a household defaults on its mortgage, car loan, and credit card debt, consequences are clear:  the borrower has to tighten the belt, move to a smaller house, take a bus to work. Governments have the luxury of postponing the day of reckoning. Usually the music stops when creditors are not willing to finance the government’s massive spending. In our case, the Federal Reserve and central banks have stepped in and financed that massive public debt with their expanding balance sheets.

However, the time has come for asset prices to drop, so let’s examine the scenery on our two paths.

The US followed Path #1 in the aftermath of the 1929 market crash, either by choice or inadvertently, because it didn’t quickly implement policy changes. Japan suffered a similar fate in the years following the bursting of 1989 asset price bubble. Greece was forced on the path of austerity by its creditors since the financial crisis. All three countries experienced a huge drop in both stocks and real estate. Path #1 meant drastic declines in the GDP, high unemployment, and deleveraging of the private sector, consumers and businesses.

In response to the dramatic slide in asset values, the central banks and governments of all three countries followed up with Path #2. The outcome? In each country, a combination of Path #1 and Path #2, with a return to Path #2, when #1 proved to be too painful. The US tightened in 1937, which led to a sell-off in equities (50%). Similarly, Japan danced around a more disciplined fiscal policy, then dropped the idea for now.

Result: From the top in September 1929 of 381 to mid-November the Dow Industrial Average lost half of its value, and by mid-1932, 89%.

22

Source: Bloomberg.

Result: Nikkei fell from almost 40,000 in 1989 to 14,000 in 1992, and finally half of that by 2003. A total 85%+ drop.

23

Source: Bloomberg.

Result: From October 2007 till June 2012, the Athens’ Stock Exchange Index fell from 5,335 to 476, a 91% drop!

24

Source: Bloomberg.

Stocks are not the only assets that fall; real estate declines are equally painful

It’s important to remember that real estate price do come down. In Japan they’ve dropped by over 80% in commercial real estate. Similar losses occurred during the Great Depression in the US. Brick and mortar don’t save you in a world where there no buyers for your asset, no matter what unprecedented price you paid for it.

25

Source: Haver, Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism, Bank of Japan.

The day of reckoning might be postponed: the asset prices react regardless

If a government has debt in the currency it controls, the day of reckoning may be long postponed (let’s watch the Bank of Japan setting a record in that department). The central bank will buy the government bonds and print money to pay for it. If this maneuver is managed well it will lead to Japan’s scenario. The danger is the Weimar Republic’s experience of galloping inflation. Sure, the debt gets wiped out, but so do all the assets, and the economy ends up in complete ruin. It’s the threat of this scenario that has inspired the gold craze of the last 15 years.

The zombie economy – mispricing and poor allocation of resources

 Japan’s experience is often referred to as “two lost decades” though it will soon become three. It led to mispricing of assets, poor allocation of resources, and what some call a “zombie economy” which maintains high employment, but without growth has no chance to unwind excess fiscal and monetary expansion.

All the stimuli disappoint. Why is nothing working?

Five years ago, Masaaki Shirakawa, then-Governor of the Bank of Japan, gave a lecture at the London School of Economics and Political Science entitled “Deleveraging and Growth: Is the Developed World Following Japan’s Long and Winding Road?” Speaking of the “two lost decades” in Japan, he blamed the first decade’s stagnancy primarily on the bursting of the Japanese bubble economy. The second decade he pinned on demographics. A population that is both ageing and declining in numbers, he believes, contributes to the decline in growth potential, a deterioration in the fiscal balance and a fall in housing prices. He also concurs with another central banker, Mervyn King (Bank of England) who said that “there is a limit to what monetary policy can hope to achieve.”

What role will demographics play?

This is a topic for another article, but the post-war baby boom may have helped us experience the longest bull market (if you count early 1980s as its true beginning) and the biggest asset inflation in stock market history. Now that generation begins to shift from working, spending, and investing to retiring and selling their stocks. Their 401k and IRA contributions will become withdrawals and they may downsize their homes.

Many studies suggest a 5-10 year hiccup in consumer demand before the peak of the next generation will step in the shoes of the Baby Boomer generation.  That hiccup started in Japan earlier, and is now taking shape in the US and Western Europe. It will soon affect China as well. Maybe there is a lesson there to be learned for economists, central bankers, and governments. Maybe traditional fiscal and monetary tools fail us when we are up against major demographic shifts.

26

Source: United Nations Bank of Japan.

3. How can we position ourselves now to take advantage of opportunities later on?

How does this bubble burst?

As much as we worry that less favorable demographic trends will turn into a major headwind for the next 5-10 years instead of providing a tailwind as in recent years, the catalyst for a near-term bursting of the economic bubble could come from many directions. Will it be the Fed raising rates? This would hike the cost of debt, thus possibly causing a decline in lending, which would prompt a drop in demand and produce another recession.

Or what if a major financial institution like Deutsche Bank were to fail, with its immense derivative book the size of a multiple of the German GDP? Could the Greek government default again? Are there more political surprises brewing in Europe, or the US for that matter Escalating military conflicts? We don’t know. What we do know is that bubbles always do burst.

The fallacy that “this time is different”

If you think there is nothing to be learned from the past, we’ll borrow Bernard Baruch’s advice from his memoir. In the midst of the 1929 craze, he would go back and re-read a classic book called Extraordinary Popular Delusions and the Madness of Crowds published in 1841 by Scottish journalist Charles Mackay. Mackay demonstrated how bubbles get created, and how quickly and unexpectedly they burst. Baruch took note and sold early. We don’t claim to be smarter than this ground-breaking financier. Nevertheless, we do see the facts, draw conclusions, and choose to be contrarian by patiently staying underinvested. This better positions our clients for the day when the market exhausts itself, and finally corrects. At that point, we will be ready to take advantage of the opportunities that will doubtless appear.

The best markets, the best investment periods, and the biggest fortunes all started with truly bad markets. As contrarians, we choose to cautiously avoid getting sucked into the momentum and enthusiasm-driven rallies of a very tired bull market. We are, on the other hand, looking forward to buying opportunities when the bubble unravels.

Where to hide?

Stocks and real estate are both vulnerable to a bursting bubble. Cheap money has distorted pricing across most asset classes. There are though some safer pockets of the equity markets, and those much more vulnerable.

Fixed income? If the rates do go up, long term bonds will be under pressure, and obviously lower quality bonds will disappoint in a recession.

Gold? If we were to experience a Weimar Republic-style hyperinflation, gold would be the right asset. The difference between now and 1920s Germany is clear. Central bankers are not creating inflation in goods and services. Instead they are fighting deflation at all costs, while creating inflation in asset prices. We could envision a small exposure to gold as an insurance against prolonged irresponsible fiscal and monetary policy.

Cash, treasury bills, and short term bonds, ideally under 1 year with very short duration (sensitivity to rate changes) are the safest place to wait out this peculiar time. While they may not be earners, cash and cash equivalents will most likely hold the same face value in times of distress. In other words, the same $100 bill that would buy only two Starbucks shares in 2006, would buy four in early 2008, and more than ten shares at the market lows in early 2009.

We intend to patiently hold on to those $100 bills until we can get the most for the money.

 

Bogumil Baranowski

4/12/2017

Disclosure: This report is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

The Inheritance Plan – The Right And The Wrong Way

Part 3 – Introducing Jeffrey Condon the Author of Beyond the Grave: The Right Way and the Wrong Way of Leaving Money to Your Children (and Others).

There are many books about the challenges and dilemmas of inheritance planning, but very few are written in a simple, easy-to-understand, relatable way. Beyond the Grave is full of examples, candid advice, and straightforward answers to some very difficult questions.

We learn about the importance of having an inheritance plan, and the author explains that there is the right, and the wrong way. We are reminded how crucial it is to treat beneficiaries equally. Among many other lessons, we also find an interesting discussion of one of the most frequent questions when it comes to inheritance – how much is too much?

With his late father, Gerald M. Condon, Jeffrey is the co-author of Beyond The Grave: The Right Way and the Wrong Way of Leaving Money to Your Children (and Others). Published in 1996 and revised in 2001, it was updated in 2014. The Wall Street Journal has called Jeffrey’s first book “the best estate planning book in America.” In 2008, Jeffrey authored The Living Trust Advisor: Everything You Need to Know About Your Living Trust (John Wiley & Sons).

In this third part of our series on inherited wealth, we feature selected highlights from the book. We had the pleasure of getting Mr. Condon’s feedback and discussing some very interesting aspects of estate planning with him in the process.

Beyond the Grave takes away the mystery and confusion, and shines a bright light on some of the dilemmas, explaining it all in a simple way. The book is full of “aha” moments, where Mr. Condon tell us what he used to believe as a young attorney, what people’s intuition might suggest, and what has really worked for his clients over the years.

What is an inheritance plan?

Mr. Condon provides a straightforward definition. He writes: “Whatever the form, an inheritance plan boils down to one purpose: It is your instructions for who inherits your money and property, when they inherit, and on what conditions they inherit.”

If you have ever been intimidated by the idea of establishing your own inheritance plan, now you know that it’s an answer to three questions: who, when and how? Let’s begin.

The right way and the wrong way

Before we too quickly conclude that creating an appropriate inheritance plan is simple, Mr. Condon shares with us: “I have learned the hard way that there is a right way and a wrong way of leaving money and property to spouses, children, grandchildren, and other heirs. “He adds: “This book will open your eyes to the panorama of potential family conflicts and problems that often occur in the inheritance area, most of which you never before considered.”

Our perfect children

We read in the book: “In every literate society, there is this saying about inheriting wealth: If you really want to know a person’s true character, share an inheritance with that person. This is sage advice. Having observed what happens between children following their parents’ death, I have arrived at one indelible conclusion: Your children may be perfect – but you really don’t know them until they divide your money.”

As we later learn in the book, planning for a variety of scenarios (and some unexpected sources of trouble) may help children divide parents’ money in a more orderly fashion without unnecessary conflicts.

Equal or not

This is a question that seems to be on many people’s minds: how should I divide the inheritance? Do I  give more to the financially struggling kids and less to the more successful? How do I measure their success anyway? Is there a way to be fair? Mr. Condon simply says – give to them equally. Always. Do as much as you can to balance their inheritances, and do it before you die.

He writes: “If you care about maintaining family harmony after your death, leave your money and property to your children equally, regardless of their economic circumstances or their beau geste declarations.” He adds further: “Even the most seemingly harmless inequality can cause problems.”

When should the kids get the inheritance

Mr. Condon tells us that interval allocation doesn’t work. This is the idea of giving beneficiaries access to their inheritance in installments at pre-determined ages. Condon states, “Although Interval Allocation remains popular and is frequently used, I believe it is fatally flawed. Why? Because it simply does not work! It may do little, if anything, to lead the financially immature child to maturity.”

He is in favor of “the wait and see program” where an inheritance plan provides that a Trustee controls the inheritance and measures the beneficiary’s progress in terms of responsibility, stability, independent earning power.  The Trustee then adjusts the age when the legatee receives control. This leaves more flexibility to the Trustee, and helps minimize unwelcome consequences of giving too much too early — or too little too late.

Motivating the inheritors

In Beyond the Grave, we hear that “there is no better incentive than money to motivate your child toward gainful employment.” The author writes: “the dollar-for-dollar incentive is the best thing I’ve found to ‘coerce’ a child into getting a job.”

I found the dollar-for-dollar concept refreshing. In this situation, the Trustee matches what the beneficiary earns on his or her own. Again, Mr. Condon’s advice is very blunt, and straightforward, and worth serious consideration.

How much inheritance is too much

Inheritance itself should be more a blessing than a curse, as the title of our series discusses.

Mr. Condon shares with us: “Since Beyond the Grave was first published, this concern has become the ‘hot’ topic in family inheritance planning. Never before have I encountered more people who fear that a large inheritance will lead their responsible children to become classic ne’er-do-wells who hang out at the country club or who will acquire bad habits.”

He adds: “With the ‘New Economy’ having created more millionaires than ever before in American history, this issue will undoubtedly be considered and addressed more than ever before. But one does not have to be a Captain (of Industry) or a millionaire to share the concern that a significant inheritance can lead a ‘good kid’ down the path of irresponsibility. It is simply a natural feeling to want our children to make the most of their lives.”

Mr. Condon recommends his version of incentive-based planning, while informing us that the typical “carrot-and-stick” methods do not work: “I prefer an incentive-based plan not built on reward but on cold, hard reality of ‘that’s all you get.’ This is a no-strings-attached plan that states, in essence, as follows: ‘Child, when we die, your inheritance will be held by a Money Manager who, for the rest of your life, will pay you an amount equal to the monthly support we have given you during our lifetime.’”

He adds: “This is more than an incentive-based plan – this is a reality check!”

Controlling child’s life from the grave

Mr. Condon quotes examples of parents who want their kids to follow certain rules or change their behavior and try to use inheritance to steer their kids that way. He shares: “For them, the inheritance plan is not just a way to transfer their wealth when they die. It is a tool to control their child’s life from the grave.”

On one hand, he writes: “I am a firm believer in inheritance conditions when they are designed to prevent the inheritance from being squandered due to the problems in your children’s lives – addiction, financial immaturity, disability, marriage, and divorce problems, and the like.”

On the other hand, he adds: “You know that I am somewhat opposed to rewards-based inheritance planning for children whose only addiction is avoiding a conventional lifestyle or whose only disability is not being desirous of attaining education or employment. Not only do I instinctively react against parents attempting to control their children too much from the grave, I believe these plans do not ensure that the goals to be sought will be achieved.”

Child’s trustee

Mr. Condon talks about the importance of ensuring the execution of your wishes when it comes inheritance. The Trustee plays a key role here. He shares in his book the three alternatives: a private individual, a banking or other financial institution, or the child himself or herself.

There is no one-size-fits-all answer here, but one lesson resonated with me the most. Mr. Condon counsels against naming one sibling as Trustee of the other. He writes: “There are sensible reasons that make it seem right to appoint a child’s sibling a Trustee. Early in my practice, I invariably agreed with this choice. But since then clients have died, and I have seen what happens when one child holds money for another, inevitably, there will be stress on – or the destruction of – the sibling relationship.  Why? Because when one sibling holds money for another, the tie that binds is no longer only blood – it is blood and money.”

Succession of the family business

With the majority of new wealth coming from new businesses, business succession becomes a frequent challenge for successful wealth creators and their beneficiaries. Mr. Condon reminds us: “Statistically, two out of three family businesses do not survive the death of the founding parents. The federal estate tax, the death of key men, a lack of management skills, no child with desire to take over and carry on – all these problems work against the family business surviving into the next generation.”

Here, Mr. Conon emphasizes again the importance of treating all siblings equally. If only one of them is interested in the family concern, he suggests that child should inherit the business, while the other(s) should receive assets of equal value or an insurance policy on the parent’s life (if insufficient assets are available).

The author warns us about dividing a business, as when one sibling holds a majority interest. Conflicts may arise with the minority-share sibling(s) receiving lesser distributions. These situations can lead to litigation, putting the business at risk.

Thinking of grandchildren

In Beyond the Grave, we learn how all grandchildren should be treated equally as well. If grandparents have fears about the use of money, Condon suggests urging grandchildren to account for the gifts they have been given, and explain what they are doing with the gifts.

Mr. Condon draws our attention to an important challenge, though: “If your child is like most children, his attitude about your lifetime gifts to your grandson is: ‘Dad and Mom, your gifts are great but don’t give him too much. Leave your money to me and I will take care of my child.’ If you don’t follow this thinking, your child may resent that you gave away some of his inheritance. The result is that you may have created enmity between your child and your grandson. Before you make an appreciable gift to your grandson, I urge you to be sensitive to this possibility.”

Leaving your money to charity

It’s a frequent question – how do we prepare for leaving some or all of our fortune to charity? Mr. Condon tells us that there is no better way than both doing your research on a specific charity, and getting personally involved before committing your fortune to the cause.

Cautionary tales

Towards the end of the book, Mr. Condon shares some really interesting cautionary tales. Not to give too much away, we’ll mention two.

In the first tale: “Probate is the ‘Lawyers’ Retirement Fund,’” Mr. Condon introduces us to a couple who own a house. It’s a second marriage for both, and both have children from their first marriage. Although the husband left a will, the author points out that “this Will was self-executing. In order to carry out Mr. Schultz’ wishes, the Will had to be submitted to court for ‘probate,’ which, in a nutshell, is the court-supervised process of transferring assets from the dead to the living. The probate process took about thirteen months and about $12,000 in court costs and attorney’s fees… but she ultimately ended up with the entire house.”

He adds: “I advised Mrs. Schultz that now that she owned the entire house, she should have a Living Trust. With a Living Trust, she retains ownership and control of the house during her life. On her death, the Living Trust then transfers the ownership of the house to her children without that probate court nonsense.”

That’s not the end of the story, though. Mrs. Schultz didn’t act on the advice, and a year later, when she passed away, her children had to face the probate process again, with all the time and money that it consumes.

In the second tale, Mr. Condon shares a lesson: “You have to predict the future about the nature of the relationship between Trustee and Beneficiary.” He writes: “Getting the right trustee to manage the family money and property for the surviving spouse’s benefit is a very important choice. If the surviving spouse and the trustee can’t get along, problems and unhappiness will arise.” We learn further: “My personal preference is the professional trustee, which is contrary to most clients’ decisions. If a personality or management-driven conflict arises between the beneficiary and the individual assigned by the bank or other institutional trustee to interact with the beneficiary, a different person can be assigned.”

Final thought: should you tell your children about your inheritance plan?

Mr. Condon closes the book with one of the biggest questions – should you tell your children about your inheritance plan? He writes: “I never cease to be amazed how often clients ask this question when common sense dictates it is the right thing to do. Nevertheless, clients seem loath to discuss inheritance issues with their children, leaving their children in a mystery as to the contents of their parents’ inheritance plan. “

He advises: “Even if discussing inheritance issues with your children goes against your grain, I strongly encourage you to do it anyway. If you care enough, this is the true solution to potential conflicts and the simplest way to their resolution.”

There is much more in the book than we have been able to cover in this article. The book discusses further how a proper inheritance plan can help avoid probate, and allows you to take advantage of estate tax exemption, and more. We hope you will enjoy it as much as we did.

 

Bogumil Baranowski – February 24th, 2017

Available as a video podcast or audio podcast (iTunes and Podbean).

Disclosure:

 

This report is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

February 2017 Monthly Letter

Highlights: Higher highs, earnings season, Fed rates unchanged, car loan record delinquencies, political commentary

 Portfolio-specific commentary (12/31/2016-2/22/2017) Year-To-Date

Healthcare (biotech) and selected technology

 Improved sentiment helped our biotech holdings YTD, and our higher-than–the-S&P-500 exposure made a meaningful difference in our performance. We have a long-term view on the sector, and remain optimistic about its prospects, especially for selected holdings with the most attractive positioning.

Some of our technology holdings benefited from an upbeat earnings season (Mobileye), and M&A activity (Ultratech).

On the other hand, we saw weakness in our energy sector, where we have higher-than-the-S&P 500 exposure. We feel comfortable with our picks in the sector, and look forward to their satisfactory performance in the long run.

 Big-picture commentary

 Higher highs for the stock markets

After experiencing an especially nervous market not long ago, when stocks would quickly sell off on any bit of negative news, we are now witnessing what some call the “Teflon market.” Despite all the noise coming from Washington investors remain very optimistic, pouring money into the market and counting on economic growth. Both the Dow Industrial Average and the S&P 500 are up 5-6% YTD (2/23/2017), and recently hit all-time highs. UK, France, Germany, Japan, Brazil are climbing to new highs as well.

Earnings season – encouraging growth, but peak valuations

 With almost all earnings reports for the 4th quarter behind us, we can tell that this will be the first time in 2 years that we have seen two consecutive quarters of earnings growth for the S&P 500. Estimated 12-month forward earnings per share for the index have reached a new high ($133.50 Source: Factset), but the 12-month forward P/E also reached a peak level that we haven’t seen since 2004 (17.6x).

Two thirds of companies beat earnings expectations – with technology and health care leading the pack — while telecom services and utilities had the most disappointing results. Eight sectors reported y/y EPS growth including utilities, real estate and financials, while 3 sectors reported y/y declines with telecom services being the weakest.

 Fed leaves rates unchanged

In February, the Federal Reserve kept the rates unchanged. Remember that in December, we saw a 25-basis point hike, which was only the second increase in more than 10 years. It sets a new trend that shouldn’t be a surprise, but many may have long forgotten the world of normal rates, so it may prove to be a rude awakening for some.

We welcome further rate increases, and the end of easy money policies. We trust it will lead to a long-awaited reset in asset prices, return expectations, and debt levels across consumers, businesses, and governments.

We also believe rates increases may be a bigger determinant of the markets’ direction than new tax and trade policies, or a wave of deregulation. Any further rate increase from such low levels implies a very high percent increase in the cost of debt for all participants. It’s hard to imagine it won’t affect their behavior, and prompt an adjustment in levels of borrowing and spending.

 Car loan record delinquencies

 We like to call out, now and then, an intriguing new market dynamic that deserves more attention. Quartz recently published an interesting article on auto loans – “American car buyers are borrowing like never before—and missing plenty of payments, too” (February 21, 2017). Here are some highlights.

Last year, Americans bought more new cars than ever before. Is that meaningful? Car sales represent a fifth of all retail spending. US outstanding auto loan debt reached a new high, $1.2 trillion, 9% up y/y, and 13% higher than the last peak in 2005 (inflation-adjusted). Wages haven’t gone up much since the Great Recession. Lending has been the main growth driver. Interestingly enough, nearly a quarter of auto loans are subprime loans which carry an average 10% annual interest rate. This may look compelling to investors seeking yield, but around half of auto loan asset-backed securities (ABS) feature subprime collateral. Auto loans are a tiny phenomenon versus mortgages. In 2007, Americans had $10 trillion in mortgages with $7 trillion securitized, compared to $1.2 trillion in auto loans, with under $100 billion securitized.

Forbes (February 17, 2017) recently reported that newly delinquent car loans reached an 8-year peak. This doesn’t go unnoticed. Car makers have been hinting at sales pressures, poor appetite for cars, dwindling demand, seeing sales go from “record to rocky.”

 With rates heading up, and other metrics at peak level (total loans outstanding, percentage of cars bought with financing, average loan amount, average selling price) it’s not hard to envision a turn in that trend.

Will it be contained to only one sector, will it spill over, is it a good indicator of the overstretched consumer? The jury is still out on the subject, but we have an inkling that we might know the answer. Surprisingly enough, the biggest US car maker is trading at a multi-year high.

There is a disconnect there somewhere…

Political commentary

 It’s hard to escape the daily deluge of political headlines. In earlier letters, we listed some of the potential policies that may affect the consumer, the labor market, and businesses. We don’t share the market’s enthusiasm. We are patiently waiting for specifics, and we remain cautious in terms of our expectations. We believe that if some of the earlier-hinted measures do materialize, the beneficial impact, if any, will take time to become more visible.

Lastly, with the US stock market up over 10%% (on top of previous highs) since the presidential election, a lot of that theoretical future growth in profits appears to be more than priced in.

 Looking for opportunities

During periods of new market highs, we may not be big buyers of new positions, and we may not be adding aggressively to existing holdings. We spend this peculiar time reviewing our investments, while carefully and deliberately examining potential future acquisitions.

The process remains especially difficult given that we don’t know where the potential market weakness will come from, or where it will hit the hardest,– thus creating the best buying opportunities. Holding higher-than-usual cash levels keeps us to some extent immune to a market sell-off, and better positioned to act when the prices of securities become more compelling.

We have been generously compensated by the market for our patience before, and we believe this time will be no different.

 

Yours truly,

François Sicart, Allen Huang & Bogumil Baranowski

 

Disclosure

 

This report is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

January 2017 Monthly Letter

January, 24th, 2017

 Highlights: Trump’s policies, strong labor market, markets flat but still at record highs

 Portfolio-specific commentary (12/15/2016-1/15/2017)

Energy & Financials

 We saw a reversal of an earlier rally in both sectors, both the broad market and our holdings. Our smaller-than-S&P 500 exposure to financials left us on the sidelines of the recent declines. Our mix in the energy sector (different from the overall markets) turned out to be also helpful. We notice that sectors started to trade less uniformly than before, with some stocks falling behind, some climbing higher. This more varied price reaction may create opportunities.

Gold

Our gold exposure allowed us to capture a recovery in gold prices since December low, which we had seen after a sell-off from mid-year highs.

 Big-picture commentary

 Trump’s plans

We don’t know the specifics or the timing of various new policies, but given the likely direction  — less regulation, lower taxes, and possible foreign cash repatriation – those should help businesses reinvest, hire and grow. What may be seen as negative is the uncertain direction of the trade policy. With a more protectionist approach, we may see winners and losers among businesses, and potentially higher prices for end consumers.

Businesses won’t prosper if the consumer doesn’t do well. What we find encouraging is the tax reform, which could leave more cash in people’s pockets. The pro-employment narrative of the current administration may help further improve labor market conditions. Of concern is the potential impact of healthcare reform: its timing, execution, and cost to businesses and consumers.

Strong labor market and climbing wages

The end of 2016 marked a solid performance for the U.S. labor market, with paychecks growing at the fastest pace since 2009 and with job gains above 2 million for a sixth year (2.2 million in 2016 vs. 2.7 million in 2015). This amounts to 75 consecutive months of job growth, a modern-day record, with the number of employed people at all-time high. Wages went up 4.7% year over year in December and joblessness rated ticked up to 4.7%. In 2016, wages were up 2.9% versus a 2.3% decline in 2015, and 2.1% decline in 2014. The four-week average jobless claims dropped to the lowest since 1973.

Know-nothing market

 After a post-election rally, since mid-December the Dow Jones Industrial Average has traded in the tightest range in its 120-year history. The CBOE Volatility Index has been dropping since November, and reached 11.50, which brushes against its historically lowest levels.

Markets at their record levels

Major US indices — the Dow, S&P 500, and Nasdaq — are all at record highs. Looking around the world, in local currency, the UK market and German markets are also at or near all-time highs. Even the Mexican stock market has reached new highs. Japans is also close to its 18-year high. China still happens to be substantially below its 2015 peak.

Strength in the dollar makes the picture more interesting. In dollar terms, the markets with the biggest drops from a 52-week high are Turkey, Malaysia, and Mexico. The declines range from 20% to almost 30%, with Turkey falling the furthest.

 Dollar a little weaker

After a spike to the 15-year high in December versus EUR, 30-year high versus GBP, and 10-year high versus JPY, the dollar lost some of the gains in January. As we discussed last month, US interest rates are expected to continue rising after a December Fed rate hike and further planned increases this year. This upward trend, along with hopes for stronger growth may continue to support the dollar’s strength for a while.

Looking for opportunities

We’re clear about what kind of companies we look for and what kind of prices we would like to pay. However, with current high market levels (in terms of both absolute prices and valuations) and few clear contrarian opportunities, we spend more time researching ideas rather than investing. In the long run, the market has the wonderful tendency to offer great buying opportunities for those who patiently wait for the right circumstances and price. Thus, we wait.

Yours truly,

 

François Sicart, Allen Huang & Bogumil Baranowski

 

 

Disclosure

This report is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.

 

Breaking The Triple Taboo – The Inheritance

Our guest is Ann Perry, the author of The Wise Inheritor: A Guide to Managing, Investing and Enjoying Your Inheritance.

It’s rare to see a book about inheritance written from the perspective of the heirs. Ms. Perry’s grandmother popularized the first widely marketed Go Fish card game, helping lay the foundation for Ms. Perry’s own inheritance.

She tells us that money is the last taboo, and inheritance a triple taboo. She also reminds us that inherited money should be treated differently. We learn that with looming biggest ever wealth transfer of tens of trillions of dollars, more of us than ever will be facing the dilemmas of inheritance. What can we do to be better prepared?

Bogumil: Thank you for taking the time to talk to us. I really enjoyed reading your book. I’d be curious to know what got you interested in the topic of inheritance, where did the inspiration come from?

AP:

Thank you. My inspiration came from my own experience receiving a modest inheritance of $500,000 in 1993 after my mother passed away. I was quite surprised that her estate was worth as much as it was. After all, she was a grade-school teacher living on a fixed income. However, she was frugal—and she had preserved most of what she had inherited from her family.

As an only child, I was also overwhelmed by the gift of these assets, a family home, a summer home, an IRA account and various stock holdings.

At the time of her death, I was working as a syndicated personal finance writer and was knowledgeable about such topics as investments and real estate, but I lacked confidence. I realized that if I found it a challenge to manage my inheritance, other people were doubtless feeling the same way.

Bogumil: You discuss the importance of treating inherited money differently. How should we treat it, and why? 

AP:

Inherited money IS different than other money. You didn’t receive it by working hard, saving aggressively or taking a risk in the stock market. You most likely got it because someone died, probably someone for whom you cared. Many heirs feel that these assets are not really theirs; they rightfully belong to the deceased. For that reason, they can be reluctant to sell, divest or manage the assets differently—even when that reluctance is not in their best financial interests.

Regarding your question of how to treat inherited money, I think that the first step for heirs should be to acknowledge these emotional connections. With that understanding, they can then learn more about the best approach for their own financial situations.

Bogumil: Your book reminds us that we are witnessing the biggest inter-generational wealth transfer in the history. The topic has never been more relevant than today, and the challenges of inheritance are affecting more people than ever before. Is that a problem or an opportunity for many of us?

AP:

I think it can be both. Some heirs will be too paralyzed with guilt to manage their money well while others will simply squander it.

However, a bequest can be a life-changing opportunity for many. Whether the estate is small or large, heirs can put it to good use: making a career change, starting a business, paying for college, establishing financial security or giving it to charitable causes.

Bogumil: You write how money is the last taboo, that people are much more willing to reveal very intimate details about their lives than confessing their net worth. You call inheritance a triple taboo—at the intersection of money, death and family relations. Is it something you expect to change?

 AP:

It won’t change until family members begin having open communications with one another. That may mean starting the conversation by discussing your own financial situation and your estate plans to draw out other family members.

It’s also important to try to improve family relationships by mending fences with estranged siblings or other relatives. This can save much future heartache.

Bogumil: You emphasize the importance of talking to our parents about their wealth, their plans and wishes. How do we start that conservation?

 AP:

First, keep in mind that such a talk can make your parents feel vulnerable. They might find discussing their own mortality an anathema or feel that you’re only interested in getting an inheritance and not in their well-being.

To get started, consider some, or all, of these approaches: look for an appropriate time to talk (not over the table at Thanksgiving dinner); suggest that your parents get a “financial checkup” with an advisor (who will surely cover their estate planning); share relevant articles with them, and gently remind them that lack of planning could mean emotional hardship for their heirs.

Bogumil: You share with your readers detailed checklists of what we should do when our parents are still around. Without giving too much away, what’s the number one item, we need to remember?

 AP:

Encourage your parents to sign two types of documents, one giving you or another trusted person the power to make healthcare decisions and one creating a power of attorney for financial matters should they become incapacitated. While these might seem to be giving up too much control, they can in fact do just the opposite—ensure that your parents’ wishes are carried out. These documents can be tailored and designed to be used only in certain or limited circumstances.

When my mother was terminally ill, I found both documents enormously helpful. I could help manage her care with doctors and hospital staff in accordance with her wishes. Without the financial document, I would have been unable to use her bank accounts to pay her bills, manage her IRA accounts and file her tax returns.

Bogumil: In your book, you discuss the need for professional help, could you tell us what an inheritor should look for in the right advisor?

AP:

First off, you must choose a financial advisor with whom you have a good rapport and who will patiently answer all your questions. Your advisor should be willing to discuss how he or she will be reimbursed, by commission, a flat fee for advice or a fee for ongoing money management. You should be convinced that this person puts your interests ahead of their own.

Once you have a good financial advisor, that person should be able to direct you to trustworthy CPAs, insurance brokers and appraisers, serving as a kind of quarterback for your finances.

Bogumil: Our readers find the topic of children and inheritance especially interesting. How do children react to a parent’s sudden inheritance? What should we keep in mind?

AP:

Educate them, in age-appropriate ways, about managing money. Start with an allowance and then slowly increase the amounts and types of saving and spending, permitting them to make mistakes now that will help them cope in the future.

Children should have a sense of how well off the family is so that the amount of a bequest won’t be a jarring surprise at a time of loss. You should also convey in general terms how you will allocate your assets: to all to your children equally, more to one with special needs, or some to charity as well.

They might find such discussions awkward or frightening. If they have questions, you can keep them brief and matter-of-fact. The goal here is to avoid leaving them blind-sided. It’s also important to impart your values and the need to be self-sufficient and create meaning in their lives, so they don’t feel entitled.

Bogumil: Could you talk about the emotional roller-coaster that inheritors often experience?

 AP:

I’ve identified Six Emotional Stages of Inheritance. Not everyone will experience all of them or in this order:

Disbelief—Some heirs still feel like children, even though they’re adults. They may think, “not this, not now.”

Anger—This feeling could stem from a sense of abandonment or a grievance that a parent left the estate in a mess, with no instructions.

Euphoria—Once the reality of the bequest sets in, some heirs may feel exuberant because they’ve never had so much money and they begin thinking of all that they can buy or do. But most should realize that while they can do some things, they can’t and shouldn’t try to do all of them, or they will spend it all.

Guilt—I’ve spoken with many heirs who feel guilty that they inherited only because someone died. They may find it difficult to manage their money or to dedicate it to things that their parents wouldn’t approve.

Paralysis—This may stem from reluctance to sell assets or use them differently from their parents and from fear of making poor choices.

“Heirworthy”—After a period, when negative emotions have run their course, heirs will begin to appreciate what they’ve received and the difference it can make in their lives. They learn to preserve it and invest wisely to leave for their own children and deserving charities.

Bogumil: Thank you so much for your time, we really appreciate it. We hope our readers will find your book equally interesting and inspiring.

Ann Perry’s The Wise Inheritor is available on Amazon.

Available as a video podcast or audio podcast (iTunes and Podbean).

This presentation and its content are for informational and educational purposes only and should not be used as the basis for any investment decision. The information contained herein is based on publicly available sources believed to be reliable but not a representation, expressed or implied, as to its accuracy, completeness or correctness. No information available through this communication is intended or should be construed as any advice, recommendation or endorsement from us as to any legal, tax, investment or other matters, nor shall be considered a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any security, future, option or other financial instrument or to offer or provide any investment advice or service to any person in any jurisdiction. Nothing contained in this communication constitutes investment advice or offers any opinion with respect to the suitability of any security, and has no regard to the specific investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs of any specific recipient. Any reference to a specific company is for illustrative purposes and not a recommendation to buy or sell the securities of such company.

How We Give Matters More Than How Much We Give

Inheriting a fortune – or being lucky enough to leave one to your children – can be a mixed blessing. As the largest-ever intergenerational wealth transfer is upon us, it’s important to realize that how we give may matter more than how much.

We at Sicart Associates have spent our careers as investment advisors to families, and lifelong students of wealth growth & preservation. These are complex concerns. Every family is different, and the financial world does not do us the favor of staying the same through time. Strategies that have worked for one family may be inappropriate for a later generation; earners and inheritors have different approaches to life. Our goal, always, is the financial well-being and prosperity of families for generations.

This concern is urgent as we have already started to experience the great wealth transfer of $12 trillion from the generation born in the 1920s and 1930s to their children, the baby boomers. Over the next few decades will come the unprecedented wealth transfer of $30 trillion from baby boomers to their heirs. (1) Two-thirds of the world’s wealth is currently in the hands of first-generation wealth creators with limited experience in wealth succession planning.

It’s a worldwide phenomenon. The US, with expected average inheritance of $177,000, ranks only 6th in the world, with Australia ($500,000), Singapore ($371,000), the United Kingdom, France and Taiwan leading the pack (2).

This massive shift creates obvious challenges for the families involved. In a multi-part series of articles, we would like to explore the topic of inherited wealth – its blessings, curses, and dilemmas. As investment advisors, we are frequently asked how to help inheritors make career decisions or when to inform young people about their future wealth. We are happy to present here a resource for families with similar questions.

Part 1 – Introducing Barbara Blouin’s publications of the Inheritance Project

Not many books discuss the emotional journeys of inheritors, and few of those have been written from an insider’s perspective. That’s what makes Barbara Blouin’s numerous publications so unique and interesting. In 1992, together with two other inheritors, Mrs. Blouin founded The Inheritance Project. Its goal was to explore the emotional and social impact of inherited wealth, and to show heirs how to claim their personal power and use it to bring meaning to their lives and benefit others.

The Legacy of Inherited Wealth is a good starting point.  Here you’ll find a collection of frank and lively first-person interviews with inheritors. They discuss the challenges and opportunities that inherited wealth can bring.

Mrs. Blouin has published other works that cover specific aspects of inheriting wealth such as finding a meaningful career and passing wealth along to one’s own children. I had the pleasure of talking to Mrs. Blouin and exchanging many emails with her about this project. She graciously gave me a lot of feedback, and guided me in writing this piece featuring her work. Thank you!

Below you will find some highlights from a number of Inheritance Project publications that I found especially relevant. Given the depth and the volume of examples, advice, and life stories shared, it’s hard to give them justice in a brief article.

List of Inheritance Project Publications available at http://inheritance-project.com/

Including the Children

(Here I would expand the discussion to not just children, but to any inheritors who may receive a significant bequest at a young age.)

Emotional dimension

In Passing Wealth Along to our Children, authors Margaret Kiersted, Barbara Blouin & Katherine Gibson discuss the emotionally charged decisions of estate planning. We see how conventional planning focuses on tax and financial priorities, minimizing how parents feel about passing on their wealth. The experts quoted in the book remind us that we might be wrong thinking that we can talk about money in a factual, dispassionate way. It’s easy to overlook the emotional dimension of wealth transfer on both sides, those giving as well as those receiving.

Be positive when you talk about money

In Coming into Money – Preparing Your Children for an Inheritance, Mrs. Blouin writes: “One way to protect your children from misplaced guilt, embarrassment and shame is to teach them — if you feel comfortable doing it — that you are proud of your family heritage. Almost everyone wants to feel that they are part of a family culture and a family tradition. If you feel mostly positive about the wealth your father or great-grandfather created, you can teach your children about your family’s history — how the money was made and the good things that have been done with it.”

It’s not enough to appreciate the emotional dimension of passing wealth along; it helps to focus on the positive side of money – the good it can bring and the family history around it.

The issue of control

We further read in Passing Wealth Along: “Control, or the lack of it, is one of the central issues for many parents in creating their estate plans. On the one hand, they want to help their children by leaving them money. On the other hand, they fear that their largesse could be misused, the wealth could be squandered, and their children could become people of whom they would disapprove.”

Is there a happy middle ground, where we give them enough freedom, yet help them avoid making the biggest mistakes?

Baby steps, allowing for some mistakes

We further learn: “The way children are raised has great impact on how well they cope with their wealth. The more we discuss wealth and its implications with our children while they are growing up, the better they will be equipped to handle their inheritances. If we can afford to, distributing at least some of our wealth before our death gives children the opportunity to make some mistakes and develop some skills.”

Avoiding all mistakes is impossible. Having early, gradual, and open conversations with children may help immensely, but we might need to leave children room to make their own mistakes. These can be learning opportunities.

Work ethic – being a good role model

In Coming into Money – Preparing Your Children for an Inheritance, Mrs. Blouin writes: “Whether you give your children money earlier or later, and whether you give them more money or less, there are things you can do that will be helpful. Modeling a work ethic for your children is essential. […] But it isn’t necessary for you to spend forty or more hours a week earning money at an office in order to be a good role model. It may not even be necessary that you make money. Woody’s [one of the inheritors featured in the book] mother did volunteer work; what he admired was not whether she made money but that her work had intrinsic value. She demonstrated how a person of wealth can serve others.”

It’s quite a feat to be a role model, but given the long-term benefits it can bring, it might be worth the extra effort.

Rethinking the secrecy

In the same publication, we learn more about the need to inform the kids about the inheritance: “In the past, wills were often kept secret. The man of the house, who usually had full legal control of the family assets, did not discuss the terms of his estate, sometimes not even with his wife. Children who wanted to know the terms of their inheritances were seen as greedy and grasping, waiting to benefit from a parent’s death. By the same token, parents who kept their children in the dark were able to use the threat of disinheritance as a tool to manipulate their offspring.”

Again, the manner of giving is more important than the amount, and openness is generally beneficial.

Surprise inheritance may backfire

In Coming into Money – Preparing Your Children for an Inheritance, Mrs. Blouin writes: Responses to a sudden announcement vary widely — from paralysis to anger, from spending sprees to deciding on the spot to give away the entire inheritance. Others respond by leaving their money alone, not spending any of it, and just pretending it isn’t there.”

A large inheritance is a life-changing event, and can take considerable time to process. For that reason it’s often wiser to prepare inheritors with a more gradual revelation of their expectations.

No perfect plan

The authors remind us: “Even if parents plan their estate with the precision of a space launch, life remains unpredictable. There are so many variables involved that it is impossible to create a flawless estate plan.”

As investors, we can’t predict the future. As parents and grandparents, we can’t outguess all possible outcomes either. No plan can cover every eventuality, but it is essential to have a strategy to pass along wealth.

 Career Implications: Looking for purpose and autonomy, while facing high expectations and doubts

 Most young adults look for work that is both meaningful and satisfying. This can be harder to achieve with the prospect of a large inheritance in the future.

 A freedom we all crave, but a complex one

In Labors of Love Mrs. Blouin writes: “Not needing to work for money opens up vast possibilities, unbelievable freedom of choice. Doesn’t everyone, after all, crave that kind of freedom and all the other perks that come with money? What choices do people make when they have so many options from which to choose? Why do some find ways to live full, satisfying, and productive lives? And why do others drift aimlessly and joylessly, without taking hold of anything that sustains them? As an heir, I have been haunted by these questions for many years.”

So how can we lead a full, satisfying, and productive live, and take advantage of the variety of choices we have, instead of drifting aimlessly and joylessly? Perhaps there is no easy answer, but asking the question at least starts the conversation.

 Purpose is all there is

 In Inheritors and Work: the Search for Purpose Barbara Blouin quotes a young inheritor: “When you don’t need to work for survival, purpose is all there is. And when you’re twenty-one and you don’t have the necessity to get out there, it’s an enormous thing to struggle with at a young age. What do I need to do? I don’t need to do anything! I feel the money I inherited is a muting force—like right after a snowstorm, when everything is white and quiet and sort of neutralized. I feel like I’ve been subdued. Nothing stands out more than anything else.”

When earning money is a necessity, the true purpose becomes secondary. Without that financial pressure, the search for purpose becomes the main goal.

In search of autonomy, self-esteem, and identity

We read in the same publication: “The first job that pays a living wage is a rite of passage into autonomy. But when young adults start getting hefty incomes from parents or grandparents, they are likely to question whether or not they could stand on their own.” And further we hear: “Inheritors who have not yet taken the leap into their first job often feel ashamed and inadequate. And their sense of identity may be tenuous.”

We realize how fragile autonomy, self-esteem, even identity may be when young adults are overwhelmed with gracious gifts from the family.

Great expectations and great doubts

The author shares with us that: “Whether young adults have parents who are inheritors or entrepreneurs, they may inherit the considerable baggage of high expectations along with the gift of wealth. Whether such expectations are external or whether they become internalized, or both, the consequences are the same. Sometimes great expectations work well for inheritors. More often, though, heirs either fail to measure up, or they believe they haven’t measured up.”

The advantages of inherited wealth may be accompanied by outsized expectations for inheritors to achieve at the level of their parents or forebears. Failure to do so is naturally very painful.

Do what you love

Later in the book we read: “Some heirs use their unearned income as a springboard to do what they love: to join work with play, to be creative. Doing what you love has an infinite variety of possible shapes. It can mean wedding fulfilling work with money making, or it can mean devoting your time to painting or writing poetry or theater.”

In the most positive scenario, inherited wealth can liberate its recipients to do whatever they love.

Learning to be self-reliant

In Coming into Money – Preparing Your Children for an Inheritance, Mrs. Blouin quotes an inheritor, who shares the family wisdom: “Another family tenet is that money comes and money goes. So, although we were prosperous, we have been educated with the knowledge that war, revolution, depression, inflation and government policies can wipe out funds in the twinkling of an eye. Therefore, it is up to us to educate ourselves and our children in the understanding that we have to be self-reliant.”

Freeing a family from the sense of dependence on inherited wealth is not easy, but self-reliance can be achieved, and is immensely liberating.

Long journey and its turning points

In Labors of love Mrs. Blouin tell us: “As you read this book, I encourage you to pay close attention to the turning points in the lives of these people, for it is in the turning points that the heart of the matter lies. What are those turning points, and what changes did they bring about? Because my purpose is to encourage and inspire by example, my hope is that you will say to yourself, ” If these people could do what they have done, so can I.”

Mrs. Blouin’s publications help us to see that there are many who face the dilemmas of inheritance. Better yet, they inspire to see paths for ourselves, as others have done.

Inheritance can be a blessing

We read in Inheritors and Work: “For those who have found satisfying work they care about, an inheritance is truly a gift and a blessing. This is not to say that all the difficult aspects of being an heir can be neatly disposed of. These individuals still have plenty to contend with. One thing they all share, however, is a history of personal growth. They have committed themselves to the intense ‘inner work’ (3) that theologian Matthew Fox encourages. And the fruition of their inner work manifests in their ability to connect with some form of outer work that benefits not only them but also others. By so doing, their work—whatever it may be—connects them to others and to community. Thus they are able to go beyond their isolation and become whole human beings.”

Through personal growth, satisfying work, connecting with the community, we may realize that inheritance could be a gift, and a blessing allowing us to accomplish more than we could have imagined.

Conclusion

To sum up, there is no single way to prepare our children or descendants for inheriting wealth, but the emotions must be considered as much as the finances. Further, it is a good idea to gradually introduce the next generation to the responsibility, challenges and advantages that come with inheritance. When money is not an issue, career choices may prove to be a search for a true calling which helps earn our autonomy and self-esteem. And finally, many future inheritors will discover giving back as a fulfilling, rewarding part of their journey.

Bogumil Baranowski – January 1st, 2017

Reference:

  1. “We’re On The Verge Of The Greatest Transfer Of Wealth In The History Of The World,” Matma Badkar (Business Insider, June 12, 2014)
  2. “The United States is lagging behind other parts of the world when it comes to leaving inheritances for future generations,” (CNN Money, December 13, 2013)
  3. Matthew Fox, The Reinvention o f Work: A New Vision o f Livelihood in Our Time (SanFrancisco: HarperSanFrancisco, 1994

Available as a video podcast or audio podcast (iTunes and Podbean).

This presentation and its content are for informational and educational purposes only and should not be used as the basis for any investment decision. The information contained herein is based on publicly available sources believed to be reliable but not a representation, expressed or implied, as to its accuracy, completeness or correctness. No information available through this communication is intended or should be construed as any advice, recommendation or endorsement from us as to any legal, tax, investment or other matters, nor shall be considered a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any security, future, option or other financial instrument or to offer or provide any investment advice or service to any person in any jurisdiction. Nothing contained in this communication constitutes investment advice or offers any opinion with respect to the suitability of any security, and has no regard to the specific investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs of any specific recipient.

With Nothing New To Buy Baby Boomers Are Ready To Cash Out

Insatiable appetite for stocks (over-sized demand) driven by baby boomers funding their retirement accounts has boosted the stock market for decades. Now a dry spell in new IPOs (shrinking supply) has helped propel stocks even higher to historic levels. Both of those trends are about to reverse. Baby boomers have already started upping their retirement account withdrawals (falling demand), and pent-up supply of innovation may inundate the market with a fresh wave of IPOs in the years to come.

We have just lived through historically unique circumstances

We already have pointed out some big macro trends that have supported the financial markets for years and are bound to turn in coming years. In particular, economic growth, almost everywhere, has been aided by swelling government debt. We can think of it as “borrowed growth,” facilitated by a decline of interest rates to record-low levels and excessively easy money policies driving market valuations higher.

All of those factors are at historic extremes, and have less and less room to continue in the current direction. Although these forces may already have run their course, momentum has helped propel the market ever higher despite five consecutive quarters when the S&P 500’s earnings declined — the longest such run since the Great Recession (just interrupted by anemic growth in q3 2016).

That’s not the whole story though.

Bull marketsSource: The Leuthold Group

The demographics at work – baby boomers in shopping mode

The stock market, like any free market, is driven by supply and demand. Who are those buyers of all the stocks, bonds, etc.? Are they the 20-year-olds looking for their first apartment with few roommates, often burdened with car loans, credit card loans, student loans? Are they the 30-year-olds with kids at school and a second mortgage? Probably not. They tend to be older, more established, and getting closer to retirement – the famed baby boomer generation. Their earnings power is at its peak, and they are taking advantage of all possible tax deferred retirement plans. They are on the demand side, and the numbers are staggering! We are talking about more the $14 trillion stashed away in traditional IRAs and 401(k) plans alone according to Time.com (1). The amount saved outside of the retirement plans could put the total even higher. Is that meaningful? The US stock market is worth over $20 trillion, and US bond market around $40 trillion, while baby boomers hold half of the assets according to the Congressional Budget Office. It’s not only a US story. The Telegraph quotes Pinch, a book by David Willets, which claims that half of Britain’s wealth is owned by baby boomers, (2). The majority is owned by those over 65.

Baby boomer retiring

Source: Wall Street Journal

The biggest shift in demand has already began

We know now who the buyers have been historically.  What we are curious to know is whether they plan to remain buyers for long. Between 1946 and 1964, 78 million people were born in the US, and they started turning 70 this year. When they retire, they stop saving, and start living off their retirement nest eggs. Is it already happening? The Wall Street Journal in mid-2015 reported that 2013 was the first year when investors pulled more money out of tax deferred accounts than they put in —  $11.4 billion, to be exact vs. $12 to $22 billion net contributions in previous years (3). That trend will only accelerate in coming years. The article mentions that the outflows will continue through 2030, after peaking in 2019. Needless to say, with the market at record highs and of the biggest bull markets behind us, this may be a compelling time to increase those withdrawals.

Withdrawals 401k

Source: Wall Street Journal

Even if they are not sellers, baby boomers grow increasingly conservative

We might be enjoying what will soon be the longest-ever bull market (yes, we are catching up with bull markets of the 1990s and 1920s!), but the baby boomer generation has recently witnessed some major downturns in the market. Memories of the 2008/2009 recession, and the biggest market sell-offs in decades are still fresh. Similarly, the burst internet bubble of the late 1990s alarmed many investors, and hasn’t been forgotten yet. Needless to say, the closer we get to retirement, the more conservative we become — as we should. Our investment horizon shrinks, and we care less about doubling our assets over the next 5-10 years than about keeping enough to cover our growing expenses. With that in mind, we should expect baby boomers to move away from stocks, and increase their bond and cash holdings to reduce exposure in case of a market sell-off. This doesn’t bode well for the stock market, does it?

What about the supply? We know there are buyers, but has there been enough to buy?

Every two weeks, over 150 million people in the US (working full-time and part-time) receive a paycheck. Many automatically deduct and put some cash away in their IRAs and 401(k)s to invest in increasingly passive investment funds. In effect, they buy a little bit of almost anything out there that is publicly traded, and large enough to be bought in big quantities.

Dry spell on the tech IPO front

To satisfy that investing appetite, we’d need more new companies of size going public, but where have they been lately? The number of US IPOs (“Initial Public Offerings”) has fallen to the lowest level in 7 years, according to FactSet.  Some blame market volatility, some poor performance of previous IPOs. If we look at emerging tech IPOs, CNBC reported in October that 2016 is the weakest year for that category since the financial crisis, and potentially second slowest for venture-backed companies since 1980 (4). There are no big billion-dollar tech IPOs on the horizon. As an example, Uber and Airbnb are enjoying high valuations and unlimited private capital, and are in no rush to go public.

No IPOs and venture capital crashing

According to CNBC, first quarter of 2016 saw a 25% drop in VC funding, the steepest decline since the dot-com bust in early 2000s. (5) With smaller pipeline of VC-funded start-ups, the near-term prospects for tech IPOs don’t look much better. At Sicart Associates, we never rush to buy hot IPOs, preferring to see them prove themselves before we step in. With limited supply of new companies though, we are experiencing a shortage of newer businesses to choose from.

Innovators with grey hair

Not long ago I was having a quick lunch between dives in Antigua and admiring some oversized yachts in the marina, when someone told me that the biggest one belonged to the creator of Excel. I thought to myself – Excel? That’s not exactly the hottest, newest invention of the day.

But neither are the tech companies that get all the attention and trade at all-time highs these days! Apple and Microsoft are 40 years old, which means they were around before parents of most millennials even met. Amazon and Netflix are over 20 years old, Google is not far behind. Facebook is 12. They all innovate and continue to change our lives, but they are by no means new to the game. Instead, these few highly prized companies focus on trying to prove they can still grow despite their maturity and immense size. Investors seem to be following along for lack of other compelling tech options.

Has innovation taken a pause then?

So on the one hand, former innovators are decades-old companies now.   On the other hand, attractive new business is scarce, constrained by a slump in the VC market, a weak IPO backdrop, and concentration of funding on the so-called billion dollar unicorns. You could conclude that innovation has never been weaker, especially when you look at the productivity growth which is usually driven by innovation. According to official labor statistics, 2011-2015 has been a five-year span with the slowest annual output per hour of work growth since 1977-1982 — far below the 1950s.

Productivity

Source: Labor Department

“The idea that innovation is slowing down is… stupid” – Bill Gates

Yet what may seem like pauses in IPO activity and productivity growth may be deceptive, masking the pace of true innovation whose benefits we are yet to see. The current dry spell for IPOs and headwinds for VCs may be coming to an end.

In an interview in The Atlantic (6), Bill Gates said: “I want to meet this guy who sees a pause in innovation and ask them where have they been. The pace of innovation today is faster than ever.” He also reminds us that when innovation is happening fast enough, it sometimes shrinks GDP by disrupting industries (example: the Internet damaging the newspaper industry) or increasing costs (example: medical technology).

“Take the potential of how we generate energy, the potential of how we design materials, the potential of how we create medicines, the potential of how we educate people, the way we use virtual reality to make it so you don’t have to travel as much or you get fun experiences,” Bill Gates added.

Rosy future for innovation

Artificial intelligence, automation, genetics – these are all fields booming with innovation. The Wall Street Journal reports that “science is stepping up the pace of innovation” (7).

Meanwhile World Economic Forum reports that “the world is about to experience an exponential rate of change through the rise of software and services.” (8) WEF further identifies six megatrends:

–people and the internet (wearable and implantable technologies will enhance people’s “digital presence” allowing them to interact with objects and one another in new ways)

–computing, communications and storage everywhere (this will lead to ubiquitous computing power being available, where everyone has access to a supercomputer in their pocket, with nearly unlimited storage capacity)

–the internet of things (smaller, cheaper, smarter sensors at home, in clothes, cities, transportation etc.)

–artificial intelligence and big data (with more data software can learn and evolve, and help with decision making)

–the sharing economy and distributed trust (assets can be shared, which leads to new efficiencies),

–and finally digitization of matter (physical objects can be printed which transforms industrial manufacturing and creates new opportunities).

WEF industry insiders’ survey tells us that tipping points in each of 21 identified transitions will occur in the next 10 years – among them is the first artificial intelligence machine on a corporate board.

If that’s the case, the next 10-20 years seem far more promising for venture capital, IPOs, and public investors looking for new investment opportunities.

 Conclusions

With the early 21st century’s longstanding bull market moving around to the rear-view mirror, this may be a good time for reflection on the long-term dynamics driving the appetite for stocks and their prices.

Baby boomers’ long-term appetite for stocks and the shortage of big IPOs may have boosted the markets beyond the obvious macro tailwinds. Both those trends are about to reverse. Baby boomers will be cashing out, while a pick-up in innovation may translate to a new wave of IPOs.

As contrarian investors we pride ourselves on pointing out major shifts in long-term trends. These are two that might define the investment backdrop for the next 5-10-20 years.

Perhaps there is a silver lining behind those two reversing trends. With more subdued demand, and probably more abundant supply of new companies, we might be finding more of what we are always looking for: promising investments at attractive prices.

Bogumil Baranowski – December 12th, 2016

References:

  1. “Why a $2 Trillion Tax Bill Is Coming Due for Baby Boomers” (Times.com, June 27, 2016)
  2. “Baby-boomers own half of Britain’s wealth” (The Telegraph, January 27th, 2010)
  3. “Money Flows Out of 401(k) Plans as Baby Boomers Age; Withdrawals from 401(k) retirement plans exceed new contributions, a shift that could shake up U.S. retirement industry” By Kirsten Grind (WSJ, June 15, 2015)
  4. “Why you shouldn’t expect any more billion dollar tech IPOs anytime soon” (CNBC, October 7th, 2016)
  5. “Venture funding for startups just suffered the biggest crash since the dot-com bust” (CNBC, April 14, 2016)
  6. “Bill Gates: ‘The Idea That Innovation Is Slowing Down Is … Stupid’; New ideas are coming at “a scarily fast pace,” (The Atlantic, March, 12th, 2014)
  7. “Science Is Stepping Up the Pace of Innovation – Big advances in astronomy and genetics” by Alison Gopnik (WSJ, Jan 1, 2016).
  8. Deep Shift Technology Tipping Points and Societal Impact, World Economic Forum Report, September, 2015.

 

 

This presentation and its content are for informational and educational purposes only and should not be used as the basis for any investment decision. The information contained herein is based on publicly available sources believed to be reliable but not a representation, expressed or implied, as to its accuracy, completeness or correctness. No information available through this communication is intended or should be construed as any advice, recommendation or endorsement from us as to any legal, tax, investment or other matters, nor shall be considered a solicitation or offer to buy or sell any security, future, option or other financial instrument or to offer or provide any investment advice or service to any person in any jurisdiction. Nothing contained in this communication constitutes investment advice or offers any opinion with respect to the suitability of any security, and has no regard to the specific investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs of any specific recipient. Any reference to a specific company is for illustrative purposes and not a recommendation to buy or sell the securities of such company.

The Entrepreneur and the Steward of Capital

As we work with more and more entrepreneurs around the world, we find a number of key differences between them and portfolio investors.

By nature, entrepreneurs feel that they can succeed at anything if they put their minds to it, so they do not initially see any obstacle to taking on new responsibilities as their family’s steward of capital. But in fact, we believe that the qualities that made them successful entrepreneurs are seldom the same ones that make successful stock market investors. The two have overlapping talents, of course, but we observe that each would often benefit from focusing on the activity that best fits their personality.

Furthermore, since entrepreneurs have had most of their net worth tied up in one business, and they have often limited investing experience beyond that, the anticipation of becoming responsible for a patrimony made up of diverse assets over which they have no management control will create anxiety, even if it is not always acknowledged at first.

It is well-known that the stock market is driven by greed on the one end and fear on the other, and the stock market investor’s skill consists of navigating between these two emotions with a clear head. There is a distinct risk that the former entrepreneurs’ anxiety may cloud their judgment, but once they realize that making money and keeping money require two very different skill sets, we may be able to help.

The big transformation

The challenge of morphing from entrepreneur to steward of capital lies in the dual influence on the stock market of psychology vs. fundamentals. It has been said that, in investment markets, price is driven by sentiment, whereas value is driven by fundamentals. As a result, price and value often diverge widely. Thus decision methods and criteria native to business often do not work as well in the stock market.

To create wealth you start a business with little financial capital and demanding, high-stakes timetables. But at least fortune seems potentially around the corner. To preserve existing wealth, you start with a larger financial capital and no time pressure. But the growth of your fortune will have to await the miracle of compounding over many years. The time factor gives you a major advantage, but it also requires you to take on a different role: to turn from fortune maker to steward of fortune.

Optimistic entrepreneur vs. skeptical investor

The biggest difference between entrepreneurs and investors lies in their nature and view of the world. Entrepreneurs tend to be optimists, while investors tend to look at the world with a healthy dose of skepticism.

Entrepreneurs are not only optimists; they are stubborn optimists.  One reason for many entrepreneurs’ success has been creativity — turning ideas into businesses or, at least, into a competitive edge. They will naturally spend a good part of their time on the offensive, devising aggressive ways to gain market share from competitors, often without bothering to calculate if they are properly compensated for the risks they are taking – first, because they are inveterate optimists and second, because they are confident that they are the masters of their business’s destiny.

Good stock market investors are more likely to seek visible value over imaginary gains. They tend to focus more on the defensive because most of them know that even successful investing is fraught with occasional missteps.  In contrast to the entrepreneur — constantly betting that he or she will win by making the right decision — the stock market investor aims first for fewer costly mistakes. He seeks proper diversification and, in the end, a good overall batting average.  Warren Buffett, arguably the world’s most successful stock market investor says it best:

“Rule No. 1: Never lose money. Rule No. 2: Never forget rule No.1”

One big leap vs. a lifetime of compounding

Entrepreneurs’ wealth creation often happens in a relatively quick leap. In the stock market, wealth is more likely to arrive stealthily, the result of a long-lasting, repetitive, reliable investment process. The latter leads to compounding wealth at a relatively steady rate in the long run. To quote Warren Buffett again:

“My wealth has come from a combination of living in America, some lucky genes…

… and compound interest.”

The daily quote challenge and market folly

Recently an entrepreneur-turned venture capitalist told me how he tried to “dabble” in stock investing, and failed. His returns weren’t terrible, but he couldn’t handle one key aspect of it – the daily price quotes. When he started businesses or invested in companies, he didn’t rely on price quotes as the indicator of success. Instead he worked with regular reports, meetings with management, and a continuous flow of information about how the business was actually doing. This fundamental information gave him comfort and peace of mind about his investments. In contrast, stock market investors’ judgment is constantly challenged by short-term price fluctuations that seem to temporarily contradict their long-term, fundamental analysis.
This conversation made me appreciate even more the unique emotional make-up needed to be a successful stock investor. To some extent it requires a split personality: thinking like a fundamental investor while taking advantage of price fluctuations that the market folly has to offer.

Dangers and rewards of contrarianism

Contrarianism consists of taking positions that are radically different from those of the crowd. In financial investment, I find this approach to be extremely valuable.  Buying something that the crowd does not like will, at the very least, insure that you are not overpaying drastically. If your idea and analysis are basically correct but your timing is not perfect (as is often the case for value investors) you also have a good chance of being bailed out by time and successive business cycles. And if the stock has declined in the meantime, you are given an opportunity to buy more shares at a cheaper price.

In contrast, being a contrarian in business could prove fatal.  If, at the beginning of a down cycle, you accumulated too much time-sensitive or fashion-oriented inventory, or invested in too much new equipment, then losses, and possibly a severe liquidity squeeze, are likely to follow.  In business, time seldom bails you out.

Some successful CEOs are long-term planners, but most are more nimble. They are prompt to recognize new trends for their businesses and quick to adapt when necessary, or to identify and seize new opportunities.  For this reason, despite their theoretically longer-term time commitment, business owners/executives tend to have better instincts for trading than for stock market investing.  Unfortunately, in our team’s long stock market experience, we have seen few sustainable fortunes made by short-term trading.

Good understanding of the business vs. poor understanding of the markets’ perception of it

Long-term successful investing may require more than recognizing a good business. These are usually well recognized, widely understood, followed by many analysts and, through the auction system of financial markets, they are often hugely overvalued.

Overpaying for a great business can lead to poor investment returns, as the market perception gets corrected over time and the price/earnings ratio shrinks along with the overly optimistic expectations. It is not unusual, as a result, for a stock price to fall despite still-satisfactory business performance. History is replete with examples of companies that transformed the world (think railroads, airlines, or radio) and yet failed to profit their early investors.

Managing a portfolio of ideas vs. one single business

Technological change offers immense wealth creation opportunities, but it is also responsible for wealth destruction.

Once omnipresent, Kodak vanished not long ago due to the proliferation of digital photography. (1)

Yahoo was once a $100B+ company, while its core assets were acquired for less than $5B this year. (2). AOL peaked at over $200B+ and ended up at $3B. Looking a bit further back in time, Radio Corporation of America (RCA) was once just as hot as many of the later technology favorites. It went public at $1.50 a share in 1920, rose to $114, only to fall to $2.50 by 1929. Excessive market valuations can turn many into millionaires and billionaires, but mean reversion eventually catches up with inflated expectations.

It might have taken the successful entrepreneur one brilliant idea, or one smart career move to create significant new wealth, but preserving that wealth requires a different strategy. Instead of putting all eggs in one basket — a reasonable tactic for an entrepreneur -— the new investor needs to start thinking beyond one business to building a portfolio of investments. There are two reasons for this:

  • First, with age and the new responsibility of substantial capital to protect, investors will naturally becomes more risk averse. Diversification tends to reduce risk.
  • Second, the entrepreneur-turned-investor will relinquish considerable control. When something fails to develop according to plan in your enterprise, you can react and fix it. With your portfolio companies, your only recourse is to bail out by selling. The consolation is that the shares of listed companies are relatively liquid and you don’t have to spend months looking for an elusive buyer.

Warren Buffett says “I’m a better investor because I’m a businessman, and I’m a better businessman because I’m an investor.” (3) As an entrepreneur you already have a higher, healthier risk tolerance than most stock market investors. You are also more aware and curious about new opportunities and, especially if you have negotiated the sale of your venture(s), you understand that realizing value requires a willing buyer.

All those qualities prepare you better for including wise investing among your wealth preservation strategies. The real question is whether you will put them to better use as a budding stock market investor or as the astute client of a professional portfolio manager.

Bogumil Baranowski | New York City

Sources:

  1. Eastman Kodak Files for Bankruptcy by Michael J. De La Merced (The New York Times, January 19, 2012)
  2. Yahoo Sells To Verizon In Saddest $5 Billion Deal In Tech History by Brian Solomon (Forbes July 25, 2016)
  3. Buffett: The Making of an American Capitalist by Roger Lowenstein (Random House, 2008)

Disclosure: This report is not intended to be a client‐specific suitability analysis or recommendation, an offer to participate in any investment, or a recommendation to buy, hold or sell securities. Do not use this report as the sole basis for investment decisions. Do not select an asset class or investment product based on performance alone. Consider all relevant information, including your existing portfolio, investment objectives, risk tolerance, liquidity needs and investment time horizon. This report is for general informational purposes only and is not intended to predict or guarantee the future performance of any individual security, market sector or the markets generally.